Configuration_adv.h

From Freshpine99, 5 Months ago, written in Plain Text.

Embed

Download Paste or View Raw
Hits: 127

/**

* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware

* Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]

*

* Based on Sprinter and grbl.

* Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm

*

* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify

* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or

* (at your option) any later version.

*

* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,

* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of

* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the

* GNU General Public License for more details.

*

* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License

* along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

*

*/

#pragma once

#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/CrealityV422"

/**

* Configuration_adv.h

*

* Advanced settings.

* Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.

* Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!

*

* Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h

*/

#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 02010201

// @section develop

/**

* Configuration Export

*

* Export the configuration as part of the build. (See signature.py)

* Output files are saved with the build (e.g., .pio/build/mega2560).

*

* See `build_all_examples --ini` as an example of config.ini archiving.

*

* 1 = marlin_config.json - Dictionary containing the configuration.

* This file is also generated for CONFIGURATION_EMBEDDING.

* 2 = config.ini - File format for PlatformIO preprocessing.

* 3 = schema.json - The entire configuration schema. (13 = pattern groups)

* 4 = schema.yml - The entire configuration schema.

*/

//#define CONFIG_EXPORT 2 // :[1:'JSON', 2:'config.ini', 3:'schema.json', 4:'schema.yml']

//===========================================================================

//============================= Thermal Settings ============================

//===========================================================================

// @section temperature

/**

* Thermocouple sensors are quite sensitive to noise. Any noise induced in

* the sensor wires, such as by stepper motor wires run in parallel to them,

* may result in the thermocouple sensor reporting spurious errors. This

* value is the number of errors which can occur in a row before the error

* is reported. This allows us to ignore intermittent error conditions while

* still detecting an actual failure, which should result in a continuous

* stream of errors from the sensor.

*

* Set this value to 0 to fail on the first error to occur.

*/

#define THERMOCOUPLE_MAX_ERRORS 15

//

// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters

//

#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000

#define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor

#define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C

#define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value

#define HOTEND0_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient

#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000

#define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor

#define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C

#define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value

#define HOTEND1_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient

#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000

#define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor

#define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C

#define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value

#define HOTEND2_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient

#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000

#define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor

#define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C

#define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value

#define HOTEND3_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient

#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000

#define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor

#define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C

#define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value

#define HOTEND4_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient

#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000

#define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor

#define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C

#define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value

#define HOTEND5_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient

#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000

#define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor

#define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C

#define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value

#define HOTEND6_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient

#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000

#define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor

#define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C

#define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value

#define HOTEND7_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient

#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000

#define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor

#define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C

#define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value

#define BED_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient

#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000

#define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor

#define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C

#define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value

#define CHAMBER_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient

#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER == 1000

#define COOLER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor

#define COOLER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C

#define COOLER_BETA 3950 // Beta value

#define COOLER_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient

#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == 1000

#define PROBE_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor

#define PROBE_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C

#define PROBE_BETA 3950 // Beta value

#define PROBE_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient

#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD == 1000

#define BOARD_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor

#define BOARD_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C

#define BOARD_BETA 3950 // Beta value

#define BOARD_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient

#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT == 1000

#define REDUNDANT_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor

#define REDUNDANT_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C

#define REDUNDANT_BETA 3950 // Beta value

#define REDUNDANT_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient

#endif

/**

* Thermocouple Options — for MAX6675 (-2), MAX31855 (-3), and MAX31865 (-5).

*/

//#define TEMP_SENSOR_FORCE_HW_SPI // Ignore SCK/MOSI/MISO pins; use CS and the default SPI bus.

//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_0 2 // (2-4) Number of wires for the probe connected to a MAX31865 board.

//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_1 2

//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_2 2

//#define MAX31865_50HZ_FILTER // Use a 50Hz filter instead of the default 60Hz.

//#define MAX31865_USE_READ_ERROR_DETECTION // Treat value spikes (20°C delta in under 1s) as read errors.

//#define MAX31865_USE_AUTO_MODE // Read faster and more often than 1-shot; bias voltage always on; slight effect on RTD temperature.

//#define MAX31865_MIN_SAMPLING_TIME_MSEC 100 // (ms) 1-shot: minimum read interval. Reduces bias voltage effects by leaving sensor unpowered for longer intervals.

//#define MAX31865_IGNORE_INITIAL_FAULTY_READS 10 // Ignore some read faults (keeping the temperature reading) to work around a possible issue (#23439).

//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_0 0.95f // For 2-wire, set the wire resistances for more accurate readings.

//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_1 0.0f

//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_2 0.0f

/**

* Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.

* https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2

*/

//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT

#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)

#undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED

#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70

#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true

#endif

//

// Heated Bed Bang-Bang options

//

#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)

#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control

#if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)

#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > BED_HYSTERESIS

#endif

#endif

//

// Heated Chamber options

//

#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER)

#define CHAMBER_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control

#if ENABLED(CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING)

#define CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS

#endif

#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER

//#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN P2_04 // Required heater on/off pin (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug)

//#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false

//#define FAN1_PIN -1 // Remove the fan signal on pin P2_04 (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug)

//#define CHAMBER_FAN // Enable a fan on the chamber

#if ENABLED(CHAMBER_FAN)

//#define CHAMBER_FAN_INDEX 2 // Index of a fan to repurpose as the chamber fan. (Default: first unused fan)

#define CHAMBER_FAN_MODE 2 // Fan control mode: 0=Static; 1=Linear increase when temp is higher than target; 2=V-shaped curve; 3=similar to 1 but fan is always on.

#if CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 0

#define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 255 // Chamber fan PWM (0-255)

#elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 1

#define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255); turns on when chamber temperature is above the target

#define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target

#elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 2

#define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Minimum chamber fan PWM (0-255)

#define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C difference from target

#elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 3

#define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255)

#define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target

#endif

#endif

//#define CHAMBER_VENT // Enable a servo-controlled vent on the chamber

#if ENABLED(CHAMBER_VENT)

#define CHAMBER_VENT_SERVO_NR 1 // Index of the vent servo

#define HIGH_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 5 // How much above target temp to consider there is excess heat in the chamber

#define LOW_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 3

#define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_TIME_CHAMBER_VENT 20

#define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_DEG_CHAMBER_VENT 1.5

#endif

#endif

//

// Laser Cooler options

//

#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER

#define COOLER_MINTEMP 8 // (°C)

#define COOLER_MAXTEMP 26 // (°C)

#define COOLER_DEFAULT_TEMP 16 // (°C)

#define TEMP_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target

#define COOLER_PIN 8 // Laser cooler on/off pin used to control power to the cooling element (e.g., TEC, External chiller via relay)

#define COOLER_INVERTING false

#define TEMP_COOLER_PIN 15 // Laser/Cooler temperature sensor pin. ADC is required.

#define COOLER_FAN // Enable a fan on the cooler, Fan# 0,1,2,3 etc.

#define COOLER_FAN_INDEX 0 // FAN number 0, 1, 2 etc. e.g.

#if ENABLED(COOLER_FAN)

#define COOLER_FAN_BASE 100 // Base Cooler fan PWM (0-255); turns on when Cooler temperature is above the target

#define COOLER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target

#endif

#endif

//

// Motherboard Sensor options

//

#if TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD

#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BOARD // Halt the printer if the board sensor leaves the temp range below.

#define BOARD_MINTEMP 8 // (°C)

#define BOARD_MAXTEMP 70 // (°C)

#ifndef TEMP_BOARD_PIN

//#define TEMP_BOARD_PIN -1 // Board temp sensor pin, if not set in pins file.

#endif

#endif

/**

* Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage

* and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which

* protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.

*

* The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower

* temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep

* the heater on.

*

* The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.

* If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too

* long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.

*

* If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase

* THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD

*/

#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)

#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds

#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius

//#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops

#if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)

//#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303

#endif

/**

* Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the

* firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature

* hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and

* requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only

* if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable

* test.

*

* If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD

* and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set

* below 2.

*/

#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds

#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius

#endif

/**

* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.

*/

#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)

#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds

#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius

/**

* As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).

*/

#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds

#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius

#endif

/**

* Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.

*/

#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)

#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds

#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius

/**

* Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).

*/

#define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds

#define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius

#endif

/**

* Thermal Protection parameters for the laser cooler.

*/

#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER)

#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_PERIOD 10 // Seconds

#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 3 // Degrees Celsius

/**

* Laser cooling watch settings (M143/M193).

*/

#define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds

#define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_INCREASE 3 // Degrees Celsius

#endif

#if ANY(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS, THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED, THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER, THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER)

/**

* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL.

* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor. Disable if you get false positives.

*/

//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_VARIANCE_MONITOR // Detect a sensor malfunction preventing temperature updates

#endif

#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)

// Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.

// A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.

//#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING

#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)

#define DEFAULT_Kc (100) // heating power = Kc * e_speed

#define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50

#endif

/**

* Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.

* A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.

* You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value

* or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.

*

* Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%)

* ---------------------------------------------------------------------

* A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:

* kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255

* where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.

*

* Example:

* Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8

* Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24

*

* Fan-speed dependent compensation

* --------------------------------

* 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).

* Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.

* If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature

* drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.

* 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%

* 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.

* 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.

* 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in

* PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED

*/

//#define PID_FAN_SCALING

#if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)

//#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION

#if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)

// The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.

// Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.

// DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.

#define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf

#define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf

#define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING

#define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)

#define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0

#else

#define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)

#define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner

#define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING

#endif

#endif

#endif

/**

* Automatic Temperature Mode

*

* Dynamically adjust the hotend target temperature based on planned E moves.

*

* (Contrast with PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, which tracks E movement and adjusts PID

* behavior using an additional kC value.)

*

* Autotemp is calculated by (mintemp + factor * mm_per_sec), capped to maxtemp.

*

* Enable Autotemp Mode with M104/M109 F<factor> S<mintemp> B<maxtemp>.

* Disable by sending M104/M109 with no F parameter (or F0 with AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL).

*/

#define AUTOTEMP

#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)

#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 // Factor used to weight previous readings (0.0 < value < 1.0)

// Turn on AUTOTEMP on M104/M109 by default using proportions set here

//#define AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL

#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL)

#define AUTOTEMP_MIN_P 0 // (°C) Added to the target temperature

#define AUTOTEMP_MAX_P 5 // (°C) Added to the target temperature

#define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR_P 1 // Apply this F parameter by default (overridden by M104/M109 F)

#endif

#endif

// Show Temperature ADC value

// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.

//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES

/**

* High Temperature Thermistor Support

*

* Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting

* good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means TEMP_SENSOR_X_RAW_LO_TEMP

* will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the

* preheating process, which will trigger a MINTEMP error as a safety measure

* and force stop everything.

* To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,

* MINTEMP error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle

* aberrant readings.

*

* If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)

* uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below

*/

// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur

// before a MINTEMP error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)

//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0

/**

* The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check

* the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the

* hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach

* the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.

* This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)

*/

//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0

// @section extruder

/**

* Extruder runout prevention.

* If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP

* then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.

*/

//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT

#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)

#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190

#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30

#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/min)

#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)

#endif

/**

* Hotend Idle Timeout

* Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam.

*/

//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT

#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT)

#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection

#define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection

#define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout

#define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout

#endif

// @section temperature

// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.

// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.

#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0

#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0

#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0

#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0

/**

* Controller Fan

* To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.

*

* The fan turns on automatically whenever any driver is enabled and turns

* off (or reduces to idle speed) shortly after drivers are turned off.

*/

//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN

#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)

//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan

//#define CONTROLLER_FAN2_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for second controller fan

//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY // With this option only the Z axis is considered

//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_IGNORE_Z // Ignore Z stepper. Useful when stepper timeout is disabled.

#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN 0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.)

#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE 255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled

#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE 0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled

#define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME 60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors

// Use TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD as a trigger for enabling the controller fan

//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_MIN_BOARD_TEMP 40 // (°C) Turn on the fan if the board reaches this temperature

//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE // Enable M710 configurable settings

#if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE)

#define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU // Enable the Controller Fan submenu

#endif

#endif

/**

* Fan Kickstart

* When part cooling or controller fans first start, run at a speed that

* gets it spinning reliably for a short time before setting the requested speed.

* (Does not work on Sanguinololu with FAN_SOFT_PWM.)

*/

//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 // (ms)

//#define FAN_KICKSTART_POWER 180 // 64-255

// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.

//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1

/**

* PWM Fan Scaling

*

* Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).

*

* With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset

* to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower

* current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)

* Value 0 always turns off the fan.

*

* Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.

*/

//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50

//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128

/**

* Fan Fast PWM

*

* Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally

* to produce a frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.

*

* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY

* Set this to your desired frequency.

* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)

* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.

* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.

* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration

* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.

*

* NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.

* Setting very high frequencies can damage your hardware.

*

* USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]

* Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:

* 16MHz MCUs: [62.5kHz, 31.4kHz (default), 7.8kHz, 3.92kHz, 1.95kHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]

* 20MHz MCUs: [78.1kHz, 39.2kHz (default), 9.77kHz, 4.9kHz, 2.44kHz, 1.22kHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]

* A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of

* PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)

* USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.

*/

//#define FAST_PWM_FAN // Increase the fan PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino

#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)

//#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 // Define here to override the defaults below

//#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP

#ifndef FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY

#ifdef __AVR__

#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY ((F_CPU) / (2 * 255 * 1))

#else

#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 1000U

#endif

#endif

#endif

/**

* Use one of the PWM fans as a redundant part-cooling fan

*/

//#define REDUNDANT_PART_COOLING_FAN 2 // Index of the fan to sync with FAN 0.

// @section extruder

/**

* Extruder cooling fans

*

* Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'

* temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.

*

* Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here

* or set to -1 to disable completely.

*

* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case

* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.

*/

#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1

#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1

#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1

#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1

#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1

#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1

#define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1

#define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1

#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1

#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1

#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50

#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed

#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30

#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255

#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 18

#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255

/**

* Hotend Cooling Fans tachometers

*

* Define one or more tachometer pins to enable fan speed

* monitoring, and reporting of fan speeds with M123.

*

* NOTE: Only works with fans up to 7000 RPM.

*/

//#define FOURWIRES_FANS // Needed with AUTO_FAN when 4-wire PWM fans are installed

//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1

//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP

//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN

//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1

//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP

//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN

//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1

//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP

//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN

//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1

//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP

//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN

//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1

//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP

//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN

//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1

//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP

//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN

//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1

//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP

//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN

//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1

//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP

//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN

/**

* Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer

*

* This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.

* The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.

* Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.

*/

#define FANMUX0_PIN -1

#define FANMUX1_PIN -1

#define FANMUX2_PIN -1

/**

* M355 Case Light on-off / brightness

*/

//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE

#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)

//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed

#define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW

#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on

#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)

//#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.

//#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit PWM duty cycle (0-255)

//#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu

#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)

//#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use NeoPixel LED as case light

#endif

#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)

//#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED // Use RGB / RGBW LED as case light

#endif

#if EITHER(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL, CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED)

#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }

#endif

#endif

// @section homing

// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing

// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.

//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT

// @section extras

//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.

// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.

//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER

#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)

//#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1

//#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1

#endif

/**

* Dual X Carriage

*

* This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.

* The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in

* "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.

* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.

* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.

* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.

*

* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:

*

* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel

* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)

*

* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so

* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)

*

* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with

* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.

* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and

* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.

*

* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates

* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.

* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and

* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.

*/

//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE

#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)

#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS

#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // A max coordinate so the X1 carriage can't hit the parked X2 carriage

#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // A min coordinate so the X2 carriage can't hit the parked X1 carriage

#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // The max position of the X2 carriage, typically also the home position

#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The X2 carriage always homes to the max endstop position

#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.

// NOTE: For Dual X Carriage use M218 T1 Xn to override the X2_HOME_POS.

// This allows recalibration of endstops distance without a rebuild.

// Remember to set the second extruder's X-offset to 0 in your slicer.

// This is the default power-up mode which can be changed later using M605 S<mode>.

#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE

// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)

#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

// Default action to execute following M605 mode change commands. Typically G28X to apply new mode.

//#define EVENT_GCODE_IDEX_AFTER_MODECHANGE "G28X"

#endif

/**

* Multi-Stepper / Multi-Endstop

*

* When X2_DRIVER_TYPE is defined, this indicates that the X and X2 motors work in tandem.

* The following explanations for X also apply to Y and Z multi-stepper setups.

* Endstop offsets may be changed by 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>' and stored to EEPROM.

*

* - Enable INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR if the X2 motor requires an opposite DIR signal from X.

*

* - Enable X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS if the second motor has its own endstop, with adjustable offset.

*

* - Extra endstops are included in the output of 'M119'.

*

* - Set X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to the known error in the X2 endstop.

* Applied to the X2 motor on 'G28' / 'G28 X'.

* Get the offset by homing X and measuring the error.

* Also set with 'M666 X<offset>' and stored to EEPROM with 'M500'.

*

* - Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug by name. (_XMIN_, _XMAX_, _YMIN_, _YMAX_, _ZMIN_, _ZMAX_)

*/

#if HAS_X2_STEPPER && DISABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)

//#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR // X2 direction signal is the opposite of X

//#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS // X2 has its own endstop

#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)

#define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ // X2 endstop board plug. Don't forget to enable USE_*_PLUG.

#define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // X2 offset relative to X endstop

#endif

#endif

#if HAS_DUAL_Y_STEPPERS

//#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR // Y2 direction signal is the opposite of Y

//#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS // Y2 has its own endstop

#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)

#define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ // Y2 endstop board plug. Don't forget to enable USE_*_PLUG.

#define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Y2 offset relative to Y endstop

#endif

#endif

//

// Multi-Z steppers

//

#ifdef Z2_DRIVER_TYPE

//#define INVERT_Z2_VS_Z_DIR // Z2 direction signal is the opposite of Z

//#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS // Other Z axes have their own endstops

#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)

#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ // Z2 endstop board plug. Don't forget to enable USE_*_PLUG.

#define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z2 offset relative to Z endstop

#endif

#ifdef Z3_DRIVER_TYPE

//#define INVERT_Z3_VS_Z_DIR // Z3 direction signal is the opposite of Z

#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)

#define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ // Z3 endstop board plug. Don't forget to enable USE_*_PLUG.

#define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z3 offset relative to Z endstop

#endif

#endif

#ifdef Z4_DRIVER_TYPE

//#define INVERT_Z4_VS_Z_DIR // Z4 direction signal is the opposite of Z

#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)

#define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ // Z4 endstop board plug. Don't forget to enable USE_*_PLUG.

#define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z4 offset relative to Z endstop

#endif

#endif

#endif

// Drive the E axis with two synchronized steppers

//#define E_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS

#if ENABLED(E_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)

//#define INVERT_E1_VS_E0_DIR // E direction signals are opposites

#endif

// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.

// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.

//#define EXT_SOLENOID

// @section homing

/**

* Homing Procedure

* Homing (G28) does an indefinite move towards the endstops to establish

* the position of the toolhead relative to the workspace.

*/

//#define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 0 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops before sensorless homing

#define HOMING_BUMP_MM { 5, 5, 2 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after first bump

#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)

//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after homing

//#define XY_COUNTERPART_BACKOFF_MM 0 // (mm) Backoff X after homing Y, and vice-versa

#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first

//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X

//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a Z-MIN endstop (not a probe).

//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first

// @section bltouch

#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)

/**

* Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES

* Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand

* advanced commands.

*

* Note: If the probe is not deploying, do a "Reset" and "Self-Test" and then check the

* wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.

*

* Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often

* because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"

* like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.

*

* Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:

*/

// Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.

// Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.

#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500

/**

* Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:

*/

// Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful

// in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.

#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE

/**

* Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1

* Summary:

* - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes

* - High-Speed mode

* - Disable LCD voltage options

*/

/**

* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!

* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.

* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0

* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode

* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.

* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.

*/

//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE

/**

* Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.

* V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0

* V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )

* To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.

*/

//#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET

/**

* Enable "HIGH SPEED" option for probing.

* Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.

* This feature was designed for Deltabots with very fast Z moves; however, higher speed Cartesians

* might be able to use it. If the machine can't raise Z fast enough the BLTouch may go into ALARM.

*

* Set the default state here, change with 'M401 S' or UI, use M500 to save, M502 to reset.

*/

#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE true

// Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.

//#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU

#endif // BLTOUCH

// @section extras

/**

* Z Steppers Auto-Alignment

* Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.

*/

//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN

#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)

/**

* Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]]

* These positions are machine-relative and do not shift with the M206 home offset!

* If not defined, probe limits will be used.

* Override with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>'.

*/

//#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } }

/**

* Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions.

* Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>'

*

* 2 Steppers: (0) (1)

* | | 2 |

* | 1 2 | |

* | | 1 |

*

* 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3)

* | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 |

* | | 3 | | 3 |

* | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 |

*

* 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3)

* | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 |

* | | | | |

* | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 |

*/

#ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY

//#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0

#endif

/**

* Z Stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.

* Requires 3 or 4 Z steppers.

*

* Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3... corresponding to the screw

* positions in the bed carriage, with one position per Z stepper in stepper

* driver order.

*/

//#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }

#ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY

// Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case

// the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point.

#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability!

#endif

// On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm

#define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle

#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 5 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment

#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this

#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done?

// After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights?

// Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed.

#define HOME_AFTER_G34

#endif

//

// Add the G35 command to read bed corners to help adjust screws. Requires a bed probe.

//

//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING

#if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING)

// Define positions for probe points.

#define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 20, 20 }, { 180, 20 }, { 180, 180 }, { 20, 180 } }

// Define position names for probe points.

#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left"

#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_2 "Front-Right"

#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_3 "Back-Right"

#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left"

#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35 // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation

//#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first

//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu

//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move the nozzle out of the way for adjustment

/**

* Screw thread:

* M3: 30 = Clockwise, 31 = Counter-Clockwise

* M4: 40 = Clockwise, 41 = Counter-Clockwise

* M5: 50 = Clockwise, 51 = Counter-Clockwise

*/

#define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD 30

#endif

// @section motion

/**

* Input Shaping -- EXPERIMENTAL

*

* Zero Vibration (ZV) Input Shaping for X and/or Y movements.

*

* This option uses a lot of SRAM for the step buffer. The buffer size is

* calculated automatically from SHAPING_FREQ_[XY], DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT,

* DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE and ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING. The default calculation can

* be overridden by setting SHAPING_MIN_FREQ and/or SHAPING_MAX_FEEDRATE.

* The higher the frequency and the lower the feedrate, the smaller the buffer.

* If the buffer is too small at runtime, input shaping will have reduced

* effectiveness during high speed movements.

*

* Tune with M593 D<factor> F<frequency>:

*

* D<factor> Set the zeta/damping factor. If axes (X, Y, etc.) are not specified, set for all axes.

* F<frequency> Set the frequency. If axes (X, Y, etc.) are not specified, set for all axes.

* T[map] Input Shaping type, 0:ZV, 1:EI, 2:2H EI (not implemented yet)

* X<1> Set the given parameters only for the X axis.

* Y<1> Set the given parameters only for the Y axis.

*/

//#define INPUT_SHAPING_X

//#define INPUT_SHAPING_Y

#if EITHER(INPUT_SHAPING_X, INPUT_SHAPING_Y)

#if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_X)

#define SHAPING_FREQ_X 40 // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the X axis.

#define SHAPING_ZETA_X 0.15f // Damping ratio of the X axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping).

#endif

#if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_Y)

#define SHAPING_FREQ_Y 40 // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the Y axis.

#define SHAPING_ZETA_Y 0.15f // Damping ratio of the Y axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping).

#endif

//#define SHAPING_MIN_FREQ 20 // By default the minimum of the shaping frequencies. Override to affect SRAM usage.

//#define SHAPING_MAX_STEPRATE 10000 // By default the maximum total step rate of the shaped axes. Override to affect SRAM usage.

//#define SHAPING_MENU // Add a menu to the LCD to set shaping parameters.

#endif

#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }

// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles

//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION

// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.

#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false

#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false

#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false

#define INVERT_I_STEP_PIN false

#define INVERT_J_STEP_PIN false

#define INVERT_K_STEP_PIN false

#define INVERT_U_STEP_PIN false

#define INVERT_V_STEP_PIN false

#define INVERT_W_STEP_PIN false

#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false

/**

* Idle Stepper Shutdown

* Set DISABLE_INACTIVE_? 'true' to shut down axis steppers after an idle period.

* The Deactive Time can be overridden with M18 and M84. Set to 0 for No Timeout.

*/

#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120

#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true

#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true

#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set 'false' if the nozzle could fall onto your printed part!

#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_I true

#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_J true

#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_K true

#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_U true

#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_V true

#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_W true

#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true

// Default Minimum Feedrates for printing and travel moves

#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s. °/s for rotational-only moves) Minimum feedrate. Set with M205 S.

#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s. °/s for rotational-only moves) Minimum travel feedrate. Set with M205 T.

// Minimum time that a segment needs to take as the buffer gets emptied

#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (µs) Set with M205 B.

// Slow down the machine if the lookahead buffer is (by default) half full.

// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes.

#define SLOWDOWN

#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN)

#define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2

#endif

/**

* XY Frequency limit

* Reduce resonance by limiting the frequency of small zigzag infill moves.

* See https://hydraraptor.blogspot.com/2010/12/frequency-limit.html

* Use M201 F<freq> G<min%> to change limits at runtime.

*/

//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 10 // (Hz) Maximum frequency of small zigzag infill moves. Set with M201 F<hertz>.

#ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT

#define XY_FREQUENCY_MIN_PERCENT 5 // (percent) Minimum FR percentage to apply. Set with M201 G<min%>.

#endif

// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end

// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed

// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.

#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)

//

// Backlash Compensation

// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.

//

//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION

#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)

// Define values for backlash distance and correction.

// If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.

#define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) One value for each linear axis

#define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction

// Add steps for motor direction changes on CORE kinematics

//#define CORE_BACKLASH

// Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments

// to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)

//#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)

// Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)

//#define BACKLASH_GCODE

#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)

// Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"

#define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING

#if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)

// When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT

// mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION

// increments while checking for the contact to be broken.

#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)

#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)

#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW // (mm/min)

#endif

#endif

#endif

/**

* Automatic backlash, position, and hotend offset calibration

*

* Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-

* conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.

*

* G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object

* on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash

* and hotend offsets.

*

* Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within

* ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.

*/

//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE

#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)

//#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_PRE "M117 Starting Auto-Calibration\nT0\nG28\nG12\nM117 Calibrating..."

//#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_POST "M500\nM117 Calibration data saved"

#define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm

#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/min

#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/min

#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/min

// The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.

#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm

#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm

// Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).

//#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING

// The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.

#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm

#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm

// Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best

// auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.

#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT

#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT

#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT

#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK

//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_IMIN

//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_IMAX

//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_JMIN

//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_JMAX

//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_KMIN

//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_KMAX

//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_UMIN

//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_UMAX

//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_VMIN

//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_VMAX

//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_WMIN

//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_WMAX

// Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If

// probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.

//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES

// Define the pin to read during calibration

#ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN

//#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Define here to override the default pin

#define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin

//#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN

#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP

#endif

#endif

/**

* Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies

* below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible

* vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the

* lowest stepping frequencies.

*/

//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING

/**

* Custom Microstepping

* Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.

*/

//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW

//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW

//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW

//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW

//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH

//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH

// Microstep settings (Requires a board with pins named X_MS1, X_MS2, etc.)

#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]

/**

* @section stepper motor current

*

* Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.

*

* The power on motor currents are set by:

* PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2

* known compatible chips: A4982

* DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H

* known compatible chips: AD5206

* DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2

* known compatible chips: MCP4728

* DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE

* known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018

*

* Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.

* M907 - applies to all.

* M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H

* M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2

*/

//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps

//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)

//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis

/**

* I2C-based DIGIPOTs (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)

*/

//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires https://github.com/felias-fogg/SlowSoftI2CMaster

//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4451

#if EITHER(DIGIPOT_MCP4018, DIGIPOT_MCP4451)

#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT:4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO:8 MKS_SBASE:5 MIGHTYBOARD_REVE:5

// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.

// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.

#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO

//#define DIGIPOT_USE_RAW_VALUES // Use DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT raw wiper values (instead of A4988 motor currents)

/**

* Common slave addresses:

*

* A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC

* Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451

* AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451

* AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451

* AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451

* MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018

*/

//#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // Unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT

//#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // Unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT

#endif

//===========================================================================

//=============================Additional Features===========================

//===========================================================================

// @section lcd

#if HAS_MANUAL_MOVE_MENU

#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // (mm/min) Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel

#define FINE_MANUAL_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual move (< 0.1mm) applying to Z on most machines

#if IS_ULTIPANEL

#define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"

#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen

#endif

#endif

// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster

#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER

#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)

#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed

#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed

#endif

// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen

//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE

#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)

#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10

#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440

#endif

//

// LCD Backlight Timeout

//

//#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT_MINS 1 // (minutes) Timeout before turning off the backlight

#if HAS_BED_PROBE && EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_MENU, HAS_TFT_LVGL_UI)

#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD // Add a Probe Z Offset calibration option to the LCD menu

#if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD)

/**

* Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard.

* Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset.

* For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4.

*/

#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0

// Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and nozzle/bed-distance)

//#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER }

#endif

#endif

#if HAS_MARLINUI_MENU

#if HAS_BED_PROBE

// Add calibration in the Probe Offsets menu to compensate for X-axis twist.

//#define X_AXIS_TWIST_COMPENSATION

#if ENABLED(X_AXIS_TWIST_COMPENSATION)

/**

* Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard.

* Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset.

* For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4.

*/

#define XATC_START_Z 0.0

#define XATC_MAX_POINTS 3 // Number of points to probe in the wizard

#define XATC_Y_POSITION Y_CENTER // (mm) Y position to probe

#define XATC_Z_OFFSETS { 0, 0, 0 } // Z offsets for X axis sample points

#endif

// Show Deploy / Stow Probe options in the Motion menu.

#define PROBE_DEPLOY_STOW_MENU

#endif

// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu

#define LCD_INFO_MENU

#if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)

//#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages

#endif

// BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top

//#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM

// Insert a menu for preheating at the top level to allow for quick access

//#define PREHEAT_SHORTCUT_MENU_ITEM

#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_MENU

#if ANY(HAS_DISPLAY, DWIN_LCD_PROUI, DWIN_CREALITY_LCD_JYERSUI)

//#define SOUND_MENU_ITEM // Add a mute option to the LCD menu

#define SOUND_ON_DEFAULT // Buzzer/speaker default enabled state

#endif

#if EITHER(HAS_DISPLAY, DWIN_LCD_PROUI)

// The timeout to return to the status screen from sub-menus

//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 // (ms)

#if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN)

#define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 4000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s)

#if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI)

#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving lots of flash)

#endif

#endif

// Scroll a longer status message into view

#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING

// Apply a timeout to low-priority status messages

//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_TIMEOUT_SEC 30 // (seconds)

// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible

//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY

// Show the E position (filament used) during printing

//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL

/**

* LED Control Menu

* Add LED Control to the LCD menu

*/

//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU

#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)

#define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option

//#define NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable a second NeoPixel Preset Color menu option

#if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)

#define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value

#define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value

#define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value

#define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value

#define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity

//#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup

#endif

#if ENABLED(NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS)

#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value

#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value

#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value

#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value

#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity

//#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup for the second strip

#endif

#endif

#endif // HAS_DISPLAY || DWIN_LCD_PROUI

// Add 'M73' to set print job progress, overrides Marlin's built-in estimate

//#define SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY

#if ENABLED(SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY)

#define SET_PROGRESS_PERCENT // Add 'P' parameter to set percentage done

#define SET_REMAINING_TIME // Add 'R' parameter to set remaining time

//#define SET_INTERACTION_TIME // Add 'C' parameter to set time until next filament change or other user interaction

//#define M73_REPORT // Report M73 values to host

#if BOTH(M73_REPORT, SDSUPPORT)

#define M73_REPORT_SD_ONLY // Report only when printing from SD

#endif

#endif

// LCD Print Progress options. Multiple times may be displayed in turn.

#if HAS_DISPLAY && EITHER(SDSUPPORT, SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY)

#define SHOW_PROGRESS_PERCENT // Show print progress percentage (doesn't affect progress bar)

#define SHOW_ELAPSED_TIME // Display elapsed printing time (prefix 'E')

//#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (prefix 'R')

#if ENABLED(SET_INTERACTION_TIME)

#define SHOW_INTERACTION_TIME // Display time until next user interaction ('C' = filament change)

#endif

//#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show/report progress with decimal digits, not all UIs support this

#if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL)

//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing

#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)

#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar

#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message

#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)

//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it

//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar

#endif

#endif

#endif

#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)

/**

* SD Card SPI Speed

* May be required to resolve "volume init" errors.

*

* Enable and set to SPI_HALF_SPEED, SPI_QUARTER_SPEED, or SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED

* otherwise full speed will be applied.

*

* :['SPI_HALF_SPEED', 'SPI_QUARTER_SPEED', 'SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED']

*/

//#define SD_SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED

// The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty.

// Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected.

//#define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH

//#define SD_IGNORE_AT_STARTUP // Don't mount the SD card when starting up

#define SDCARD_READONLY // Read-only SD card (to save over 2K of flash)

//#define GCODE_REPEAT_MARKERS // Enable G-code M808 to set repeat markers and do looping

#define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1 // Increase if you need more nested M32 calls

#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished

#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84" // Use "M84XYE" to keep Z enabled so your bed stays in place

// Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.

// Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.

#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST

#define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing

//#define NO_SD_AUTOSTART // Remove auto#.g file support completely to save some Flash, SRAM

//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files

//#define BROWSE_MEDIA_ON_INSERT // Open the file browser when media is inserted

//#define MEDIA_MENU_AT_TOP // Force the media menu to be listed on the top of the main menu

#define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT "G28XY" // G-code to run on SD Abort Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")

#if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS)

#define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME (30*60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED "done" color before restoring normal illumination

#endif

/**

* Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)

*

* Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer

* during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present

* an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known

* point in the file.

*/

//#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY

#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)

#define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Power Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500)

//#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss

//#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS)

//#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module.

//#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss

//#define POWER_LOSS_PULLUP // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate for your sensor

//#define POWER_LOSS_PULLDOWN

//#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume

//#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.

// Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,

// especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.

#define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data

// Enable if Z homing is needed for proper recovery. 99.9% of the time this should be disabled!

//#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME

#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME)

//#define POWER_LOSS_ZHOME_POS { 0, 0 } // Safe XY position to home Z while avoiding objects on the bed

#endif

#endif

/**

* Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.

*

* With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted

* by name for easier navigation.

*

* By default...

*

* - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.

* - Folders are sorted to the top.

* - The sort key is statically allocated.

* - No added G-code (M34) support.

* - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)

*

* SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the

* compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM

* limit is exceeded.

*

* - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.

* - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.

* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)

* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)

*/

//#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA

// SD Card Sorting options

#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)

#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.

#define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below

#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 G-code.

#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.

#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)

#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.

#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!

#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.

// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.

#endif

// Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the

// LCD's font must contain the characters. Check your selected LCD language.

//#define UTF_FILENAME_SUPPORT

//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT // Get the long filename of a file/folder with 'M33 <dosname>' and list long filenames with 'M20 L'

//#define LONG_FILENAME_WRITE_SUPPORT // Create / delete files with long filenames via M28, M30, and Binary Transfer Protocol

//#define M20_TIMESTAMP_SUPPORT // Include timestamps by adding the 'T' flag to M20 commands

#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES // Scroll long filenames in the SD card menu

//#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)

/**

* Abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.

* This feature is enabled with 'M540 S1' or from the LCD menu.

* Endstops must be activated for this option to work.

*/

//#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT

#if ENABLED(SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT)

//#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_GCODE "G28XY" // G-code to run on endstop hit (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")

#endif

//#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE // On print completion open the LCD Menu and select the same file

//#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS // Auto-report media status with 'M27 S<seconds>'

/**

* Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or

* equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear

* to Marlin as an SD card.

*

* The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with

* the following pin mapping:

*

* SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO

* INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]

* SS --> SDSS

*

* [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.

*/

//#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT

#if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)

/**

* USB Host Shield Library

*

* - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested

* on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.

*

* - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it

* is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.

* [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.

*/

//#define USE_UHS2_USB

//#define USE_UHS3_USB

#define DISABLE_DUE_SD_MMC // Disable USB Host access to USB Drive to prevent hangs on block access for DUE platform

/**

* Native USB Host supported by some boards (USB OTG)

*/

//#define USE_OTG_USB_HOST

#if DISABLED(USE_OTG_USB_HOST)

#define USB_CS_PIN SDSS

#define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN

#endif

#endif

/**

* When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,

* add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.

*

* Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)

*

* Tested with this bootloader:

* https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560

*/

//#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE

#if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)

#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF

#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0

#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF

#endif

/**

* Enable this option if you have more than ~3K of unused flash space.

* Marlin will embed all settings in the firmware binary as compressed data.

* Use 'M503 C' to write the settings out to the SD Card as 'mc.zip'.

* See docs/ConfigEmbedding.md for details on how to use 'mc-apply.py'.

*/

//#define CONFIGURATION_EMBEDDING

// Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'

//#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER

#if ENABLED(BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER)

// Include extra facilities (e.g., 'M20 F') supporting firmware upload via BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER

//#define CUSTOM_FIRMWARE_UPLOAD

#endif

/**

* Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):

*

* LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.

* ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board.

* CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).

*

* :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]

*/

//#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD

// Enable if SD detect is rendered useless (e.g., by using an SD extender)

//#define NO_SD_DETECT

/**

* Multiple volume support - EXPERIMENTAL.

* Adds 'M21 Pm' / 'M21 S' / 'M21 U' to mount SD Card / USB Drive.

*/

//#define MULTI_VOLUME

#if ENABLED(MULTI_VOLUME)

#define VOLUME_SD_ONBOARD

#define VOLUME_USB_FLASH_DRIVE

#define DEFAULT_VOLUME SV_SD_ONBOARD

#define DEFAULT_SHARED_VOLUME SV_USB_FLASH_DRIVE

#endif

#endif // SDSUPPORT

/**

* By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-

* storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.

*/

//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).

/**

* Additional options for Graphical Displays

*

* Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,

* which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,

* especially when doing several short moves, and when printing

* on DELTA and SCARA machines.

*

* Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind

* controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable

* printing performance versus fast display updates.

*/

#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB

// Save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame or no frame on the Info Screen

//#define XYZ_NO_FRAME

#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME

// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of flash.

// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.

//#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT

// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2434 bytes of flash.

// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.

//#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT

/**

* Graphical Display Sleep

*

* The U8G library provides sleep / wake functions for SH1106, SSD1306,

* SSD1309, and some other DOGM displays.

* Enable this option to save energy and prevent OLED pixel burn-in.

* Adds the menu item Configuration > LCD Timeout (m) to set a wait period

* from 0 (disabled) to 99 minutes.

*/

//#define DISPLAY_SLEEP_MINUTES 2 // (minutes) Timeout before turning off the screen. Set with M255 S.

/**

* ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using

* the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.

* Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.

*

* Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status

* message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the

* length of time to display the status message before clearing.

*

* Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.

* This will prevent position updates from being displayed.

*/

#if IS_U8GLIB_ST7920

// Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.

// The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.

//#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5

//#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI

#if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)

#define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20

#endif

#endif

/**

* Status (Info) Screen customizations

* These options may affect code size and screen render time.

* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.

*/

//#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones

//#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)

#define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM for numbered hotends)

#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating

#define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating

#define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating

//#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active

//#define STATUS_COOLER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate laser cooling

//#define STATUS_FLOWMETER_ANIM // Use multiple bitmaps to indicate coolant flow

//#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap

//#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap

//#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames

//#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar

//#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of flash.

// Frivolous Game Options

//#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT

//#define MARLIN_INVADERS

//#define MARLIN_SNAKE

//#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu

#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB

#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB || IS_DWIN_MARLINUI

#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens

//#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay

#endif

//

// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays

//

#if HAS_DGUS_LCD

#define LCD_BAUDRATE 115200

#define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128

#define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48

//#define SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR)

#define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates

#if ANY(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY)

#define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing

#define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup

#if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS)

//#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for FYSETC and MKS

#else

#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY

#endif

#define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD

#if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD)

#define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10

#define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS

#endif

#define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens

#if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING)

#define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10

#define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping

#endif

#endif

#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD

//

// Additional options for AnyCubic Chiron TFT displays

//

#if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON)

// By default the type of panel is automatically detected.

// Enable one of these options if you know the panel type.

//#define CHIRON_TFT_STANDARD

//#define CHIRON_TFT_NEW

// Enable the longer Anycubic powerup startup tune

//#define AC_DEFAULT_STARTUP_TUNE

/**

* Display Folders

* By default the file browser lists all G-code files (including those in subfolders) in a flat list.

* Enable this option to display a hierarchical file browser.

*

* NOTES:

* - Without this option it helps to enable SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA so files are sorted before/after folders.

* - When used with the "new" panel, folder names will also have '.gcode' appended to their names.

* This hack is currently required to force the panel to show folders.

*/

#define AC_SD_FOLDER_VIEW

#endif

//

// Specify additional languages for the UI. Default specified by LCD_LANGUAGE.

//

#if ANY(DOGLCD, TFT_COLOR_UI, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, IS_DWIN_MARLINUI)

//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr

//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de

//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es

//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it

#ifdef LCD_LANGUAGE_2

//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_AUTO_SAVE // Automatically save language to EEPROM on change

#endif

#endif

//

// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)

//

#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)

// Display board used

//#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)

//#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)

//#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)

//#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)

//#define LCD_LULZBOT_CLCD_UI // LulzBot Color LCD UI

//#define LCD_FYSETC_TFT81050 // FYSETC with 5" (800x480)

//#define LCD_EVE3_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, BT815

//#define LCD_EVE2_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, FT813

// Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.

//#define TOUCH_UI_320x240

//#define TOUCH_UI_480x272

//#define TOUCH_UI_800x480

// Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector

//#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // LulzBot CLCD UI EXP1 mapping

//#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // LulzBot CLCD UI EXP2 mapping

//#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping

//#define S6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC S6 pin mapping

//#define F6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC F6 pin mapping

//#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below

#if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)

// Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen

#define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9

#define CLCD_SPI_CS 10

// If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO

//#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI

#if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)

#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11

#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12

#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13

#endif

#endif

// Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display

// is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support

// portrait and mirrored orientations.

//#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED

//#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT

//#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED

// UTF8 processing and rendering.

// Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.

//#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8

#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)

// Western accents support. These accented characters use

// combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.

#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET

#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)

// Additional character groups. These characters require

// full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:

//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³

//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®

//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß

//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ

//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡

//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥

//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª

//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷

//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾

//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬

#endif

// Cyrillic character set, costs about 27KiB of flash

//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CYRILLIC_CHARSET

#endif

// Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons

#define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT

// Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.

// (recommended for smaller displays)

//#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE

// Output extra debug info for Touch UI events

//#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG

// Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)

//#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU

#endif

//

// Classic UI Options

//

#if TFT_SCALED_DOGLCD

//#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White

//#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black

//#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black

//#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red

//#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow

//#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan

#endif

//

// ADC Button Debounce

//

#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS

#define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast

#endif

// @section safety

/**

* The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs

* if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.

*

* If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,

* enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.

* NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while

* interrupts are enabled.

*/

#define USE_WATCHDOG

#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)

//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL

#endif

// @section lcd

/**

* Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing

* the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z

* axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.

*

* Warning: Does not respect endstops!

*/

#define BABYSTEPPING

#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)

#define INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING // EXPERIMENTAL integration of babystepping into the Stepper ISR

#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING

#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).

//#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!

#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way

//#define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS // Specify BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps

#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep

#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep

#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.

#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)

#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.

// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.

//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.

#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)

#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.

#endif

#endif

#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28

#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping

#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)

//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets

//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor

#endif

#endif

// @section extruder

/**

* Linear Pressure Control v1.5

*

* Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])

* K=0 means advance disabled.

*

* NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!

*

* Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.

* Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.

* If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)

* print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.

*

* See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.

*/

//#define LIN_ADVANCE

#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)

#if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS)

#define ADVANCE_K { 0.22 } // (mm) Compression length per 1mm/s extruder speed, per extruder

#else

#define ADVANCE_K 0.22 // (mm) Compression length applying to all extruders

#endif

//#define ADVANCE_K_EXTRA // Add a second linear advance constant, configurable with M900 L.

//#define LA_DEBUG // Print debug information to serial during operation. Disable for production use.

//#define EXPERIMENTAL_SCURVE // Allow S-Curve Acceleration to be used with LA.

//#define ALLOW_LOW_EJERK // Allow a DEFAULT_EJERK value of >= 1024

// Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to

// the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.

//#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF

#endif

#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)

// Enable this option to collect and display the maximum

// RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.

//#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED

// Enable this option to collect and display the number

// of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.

//#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX

#endif

// Monitor RX buffer usage

// Dump an error to the serial port if the serial receive buffer overflows.

// If you see these errors, increase the RX_BUFFER_SIZE value.

// Not supported on all platforms.

//#define RX_BUFFER_MONITOR

/**

* Emergency Command Parser

*

* Add a low-level parser to intercept certain commands as they

* enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.

* Currently handles M108, M112, M410, M876

* NOTE: Not yet implemented for all platforms.

*/

//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER

/**

* Realtime Reporting (requires EMERGENCY_PARSER)

*

* - Report position and state of the machine (like Grbl).

* - Auto-report position during long moves.

* - Useful for CNC/LASER.

*

* Adds support for commands:

* S000 : Report State and Position while moving.

* P000 : Instant Pause / Hold while moving.

* R000 : Resume from Pause / Hold.

*

* - During Hold all Emergency Parser commands are available, as usual.

* - Enable NANODLP_Z_SYNC and NANODLP_ALL_AXIS for move command end-state reports.

*/

//#define REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS

#if ENABLED(REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS)

//#define FULL_REPORT_TO_HOST_FEATURE // Auto-report the machine status like Grbl CNC

#endif

// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'

// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.

// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.

// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.

//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds

// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.

//#define ADVANCED_OK

// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.

// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.

#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION

// For serial echo, the number of digits after the decimal point

//#define SERIAL_FLOAT_PRECISION 4

/**

* Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.

* This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.

*

* For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.

* Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.

*/

#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0

// @section extras

/**

* Extra Fan Speed

* Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.

* 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>

* 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed

* 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed

*/

//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED

/**

* Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract

*

* Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.

* Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.

*

* Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.

* With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range

* will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.

*

* Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.

*

* Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.

*/

//#define FWRETRACT

#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)

#define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions

#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)

#define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length

#define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length

#endif

#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)

#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)

#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting

#define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise

#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)

#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)

#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction

#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction

#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)

//#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously

#endif

#endif

/**

* Universal tool change settings.

* Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.

*/

#if HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER

// Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders

#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)

//#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE_BEFORE_RETRACT // Apply raise before swap retraction (if enabled)

//#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to previous position on tool-change

#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN)

//#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // Extra G-code to run after tool-change

#endif

/**

* Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change commands. Can be used to use an additional

* stepper motor (e.g., I axis in Configuration.h) to drive the tool-changer.

*/

//#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_T0 "G28 A\nG1 A0" // Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change command T0

//#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_T1 "G1 A10" // Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change command T1

//#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_ALWAYS_RUN // Always execute above G-code sequences. Use with caution!

/**

* Tool Sensors detect when tools have been picked up or dropped.

* Requires the pins TOOL_SENSOR1_PIN, TOOL_SENSOR2_PIN, etc.

*/

//#define TOOL_SENSOR

/**

* Retract and prime filament on tool-change to reduce

* ooze and stringing and to get cleaner transitions.

*/

//#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP

#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)

// Load / Unload

#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_LENGTH 12 // (mm) Load / Unload length

#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_RESUME_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Extra length for better restart. Adjust with LCD or M217 B.

#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_RETRACT_SPEED (50*60) // (mm/min) (Unloading)

#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_UNRETRACT_SPEED (25*60) // (mm/min) (On SINGLENOZZLE or Bowden loading must be slowed down)

// Longer prime to clean out a SINGLENOZZLE

#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length

#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED (4.6*60) // (mm/min) Extra priming feedrate

#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm) Cutting retraction out of park, for less stringing, better wipe, etc. Adjust with LCD or M217 G.

// Cool after prime to reduce stringing

#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN -1 // Fan index or -1 to skip

#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255

#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_TIME 10 // (seconds)

// Use TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED feedrate the first time each extruder is primed

//#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_SLOW_FIRST_PRIME

/**

* Prime T0 the first time T0 is sent to the printer:

* [ Power-On -> T0 { Activate & Prime T0 } -> T1 { Retract T0, Activate & Prime T1 } ]

* If disabled, no priming on T0 until switching back to T0 from another extruder:

* [ Power-On -> T0 { T0 Activated } -> T1 { Activate & Prime T1 } -> T0 { Retract T1, Activate & Prime T0 } ]

* Enable with M217 V1 before printing to avoid unwanted priming on host connect.

*/

//#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_FIRST_USED

/**

* Tool Change Migration

* This feature provides G-code and LCD options to switch tools mid-print.

* All applicable tool properties are migrated so the print can continue.

* Tools must be closely matching and other restrictions may apply.

* Useful to:

* - Change filament color without interruption

* - Switch spools automatically on filament runout

* - Switch to a different nozzle on an extruder jam

*/

#define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE

#endif

/**

* Position to park head during tool change.

* Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER

*/

//#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK

#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)

#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }

#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/min)

//#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_X_ONLY // X axis only move

//#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y axis only move

#endif

#endif // HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER

// @section advanced pause

/**

* Advanced Pause for Filament Change

* - Adds the G-code M600 Filament Change to initiate a filament change.

* - This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.

*

* Requirements:

* - For Filament Change parking enable and configure NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.

* - For user interaction enable an LCD display, HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT, or EMERGENCY_PARSER.

*

* Enable PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE to add the G-code M125 Pause and Park.

*/

//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE

#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)

#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.

#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.

// This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.

#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.

#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.

#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.

// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.

// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.

// Set to 0 for manual unloading.

#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.

#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.

// 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only

#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.

#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.

#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.

// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.

// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.

//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.

#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.

#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.

// Set to 0 for manual extrusion.

// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu

// until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.

#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.

//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.

// Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:

#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.

#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.

#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.

#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload

#define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.

#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.

#define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.

//#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_ON_INSERT // Automatically continue / load filament when runout sensor is triggered again.

//#define PAUSE_REHEAT_FAST_RESUME // Reduce number of waits by not prompting again post-timeout before continuing.

//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.

//#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change

//#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.

//#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)

#endif

// @section tmc_smart

/**

* Trinamic Smart Drivers

*

* To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode:

* - Connect your SPI pins to the Hardware SPI interface on the board.

* Some boards have simple jumper connections! See your board's documentation.

* - Define the required Stepper CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file.

* (See the RAMPS pins, for example.)

* - You can also use Software SPI with GPIO pins instead of Hardware SPI.

*

* To use TMC220x stepper drivers with Serial UART:

* - Connect PDN_UART to the #_SERIAL_TX_PIN through a 1K resistor.

* For reading capabilities also connect PDN_UART to #_SERIAL_RX_PIN with no resistor.

* Some boards have simple jumper connections! See your board's documentation.

* - These drivers can also be used with Hardware Serial.

*

* The TMC26XStepper library is required for TMC26X stepper drivers.

* https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/TMC26XStepper

*

* The TMCStepper library is required for other TMC stepper drivers.

* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper

*

* @section tmc/config

*/

#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG || HAS_TMC26X

#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current

/**

* Interpolate microsteps to 256

* Override for each driver with <driver>_INTERPOLATE settings below

*/

#define INTERPOLATE true

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(X)

#define X_CURRENT 580 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.

#define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing

#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256

#define X_RSENSE 0.11 // Multiplied x1000 for TMC26X

#define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // -1..0: Not chained. 1: MCU MOSI connected. 2: Next in chain, ...

//#define X_INTERPOLATE true // Enable to override 'INTERPOLATE' for the X axis

//#define X_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Enable to override 'HOLD_MULTIPLIER' for the X axis

#endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(X2)

#define X2_CURRENT 800

#define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT

#define X2_MICROSTEPS X_MICROSTEPS

#define X2_RSENSE 0.11

#define X2_CHAIN_POS -1

//#define X2_INTERPOLATE true

//#define X2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5

#endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Y)

#define Y_CURRENT 580

#define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT

#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16

#define Y_RSENSE 0.11

#define Y_CHAIN_POS -1

//#define Y_INTERPOLATE true

//#define Y_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5

#endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Y2)

#define Y2_CURRENT 800

#define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT

#define Y2_MICROSTEPS Y_MICROSTEPS

#define Y2_RSENSE 0.11

#define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1

//#define Y2_INTERPOLATE true

//#define Y2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5

#endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z)

#define Z_CURRENT 580

#define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT

#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16

#define Z_RSENSE 0.11

#define Z_CHAIN_POS -1

//#define Z_INTERPOLATE true

//#define Z_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5

#endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z2)

#define Z2_CURRENT 800

#define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT

#define Z2_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS

#define Z2_RSENSE 0.11

#define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1

//#define Z2_INTERPOLATE true

//#define Z2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5

#endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z3)

#define Z3_CURRENT 800

#define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT

#define Z3_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS

#define Z3_RSENSE 0.11

#define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1

//#define Z3_INTERPOLATE true

//#define Z3_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5

#endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z4)

#define Z4_CURRENT 800

#define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z4_CURRENT

#define Z4_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS

#define Z4_RSENSE 0.11

#define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1

//#define Z4_INTERPOLATE true

//#define Z4_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5

#endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(I)

#define I_CURRENT 800

#define I_CURRENT_HOME I_CURRENT

#define I_MICROSTEPS 16

#define I_RSENSE 0.11

#define I_CHAIN_POS -1

//#define I_INTERPOLATE true

//#define I_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5

#endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(J)

#define J_CURRENT 800

#define J_CURRENT_HOME J_CURRENT

#define J_MICROSTEPS 16

#define J_RSENSE 0.11

#define J_CHAIN_POS -1

//#define J_INTERPOLATE true

//#define J_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5

#endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(K)

#define K_CURRENT 800

#define K_CURRENT_HOME K_CURRENT

#define K_MICROSTEPS 16

#define K_RSENSE 0.11

#define K_CHAIN_POS -1

//#define K_INTERPOLATE true

//#define K_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5

#endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(U)

#define U_CURRENT 800

#define U_CURRENT_HOME U_CURRENT

#define U_MICROSTEPS 8

#define U_RSENSE 0.11

#define U_CHAIN_POS -1

//#define U_INTERPOLATE true

//#define U_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5

#endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(V)

#define V_CURRENT 800

#define V_CURRENT_HOME V_CURRENT

#define V_MICROSTEPS 8

#define V_RSENSE 0.11

#define V_CHAIN_POS -1

//#define V_INTERPOLATE true

//#define V_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5

#endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(W)

#define W_CURRENT 800

#define W_CURRENT_HOME W_CURRENT

#define W_MICROSTEPS 8

#define W_RSENSE 0.11

#define W_CHAIN_POS -1

//#define W_INTERPOLATE true

//#define W_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5

#endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E0)

#define E0_CURRENT 650

#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16

#define E0_RSENSE 0.11

#define E0_CHAIN_POS -1

//#define E0_INTERPOLATE true

//#define E0_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5

#endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E1)

#define E1_CURRENT 800

#define E1_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS

#define E1_RSENSE 0.11

#define E1_CHAIN_POS -1

//#define E1_INTERPOLATE true

//#define E1_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5

#endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E2)

#define E2_CURRENT 800

#define E2_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS

#define E2_RSENSE 0.11

#define E2_CHAIN_POS -1

//#define E2_INTERPOLATE true

//#define E2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5

#endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E3)

#define E3_CURRENT 800

#define E3_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS

#define E3_RSENSE 0.11

#define E3_CHAIN_POS -1

//#define E3_INTERPOLATE true

//#define E3_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5

#endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E4)

#define E4_CURRENT 800

#define E4_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS

#define E4_RSENSE 0.11

#define E4_CHAIN_POS -1

//#define E4_INTERPOLATE true

//#define E4_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5

#endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E5)

#define E5_CURRENT 800

#define E5_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS

#define E5_RSENSE 0.11

#define E5_CHAIN_POS -1

//#define E5_INTERPOLATE true

//#define E5_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5

#endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E6)

#define E6_CURRENT 800

#define E6_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS

#define E6_RSENSE 0.11

#define E6_CHAIN_POS -1

//#define E6_INTERPOLATE true

//#define E6_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5

#endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E7)

#define E7_CURRENT 800

#define E7_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS

#define E7_RSENSE 0.11

#define E7_CHAIN_POS -1

//#define E7_INTERPOLATE true

//#define E7_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5

#endif

// @section tmc/spi

/**

* Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.

* The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.

*/

//#define X_CS_PIN -1

//#define Y_CS_PIN -1

//#define Z_CS_PIN -1

//#define X2_CS_PIN -1

//#define Y2_CS_PIN -1

//#define Z2_CS_PIN -1

//#define Z3_CS_PIN -1

//#define Z4_CS_PIN -1

//#define I_CS_PIN -1

//#define J_CS_PIN -1

//#define K_CS_PIN -1

//#define U_CS_PIN -1

//#define V_CS_PIN -1

//#define W_CS_PIN -1

//#define E0_CS_PIN -1

//#define E1_CS_PIN -1

//#define E2_CS_PIN -1

//#define E3_CS_PIN -1

//#define E4_CS_PIN -1

//#define E5_CS_PIN -1

//#define E6_CS_PIN -1

//#define E7_CS_PIN -1

/**

* Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).

* The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,

* but you can override or define them here.

*/

//#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI

//#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1

//#define TMC_SW_MISO -1

//#define TMC_SW_SCK -1

// @section tmc/serial

/**

* Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.

* Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.

* Address | MS1 | MS2

* 0 | LOW | LOW

* 1 | HIGH | LOW

* 2 | LOW | HIGH

* 3 | HIGH | HIGH

*

* Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers

* on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.

*/

//#define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

//#define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

//#define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

//#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

//#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

//#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

//#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

//#define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

//#define I_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

//#define J_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

//#define K_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

//#define U_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

//#define V_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

//#define W_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

//#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

//#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

//#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

//#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

//#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

//#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

//#define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

//#define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

// @section tmc/smart

/**

* Software enable

*

* Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same

* function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.

*/

//#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE

// @section tmc/stealthchop

/**

* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only

* Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.

* When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.

*/

#if HAS_STEALTHCHOP

#define STEALTHCHOP_XY

#define STEALTHCHOP_Z

#define STEALTHCHOP_I

#define STEALTHCHOP_J

#define STEALTHCHOP_K

#define STEALTHCHOP_U

#define STEALTHCHOP_V

#define STEALTHCHOP_W

#define STEALTHCHOP_E

#endif

/**

* Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets

* or with the help of an example included in the library.

* Provided parameter sets are

* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V

* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V

* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V

* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V

* CHOPPER_09STEP_24V // 0.9 degree steppers (24V)

* CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Průša firmware for MK3 (24V)

* CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9

*

* Define your own with:

* { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }

*/

#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V // All axes (override below)

//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_TIMING // For X Axes (override below)

//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_TIMING_X

//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_TIMING // For Y Axes (override below)

//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Y

//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z CHOPPER_TIMING // For Z Axes (override below)

//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z

//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z3 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z

//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z4 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z

//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_I CHOPPER_TIMING // For I Axis

//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_J CHOPPER_TIMING // For J Axis

//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_K CHOPPER_TIMING // For K Axis

//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_U CHOPPER_TIMING // For U Axis

//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_V CHOPPER_TIMING // For V Axis

//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_W CHOPPER_TIMING // For W Axis

//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E CHOPPER_TIMING // For Extruders (override below)

//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E1 CHOPPER_TIMING_E

//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E2 CHOPPER_TIMING_E

//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E3 CHOPPER_TIMING_E

//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E4 CHOPPER_TIMING_E

//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E5 CHOPPER_TIMING_E

//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E6 CHOPPER_TIMING_E

//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E7 CHOPPER_TIMING_E

// @section tmc/status

/**

* Monitor Trinamic drivers

* for error conditions like overtemperature and short to ground.

* To manage over-temp Marlin can decrease the driver current until the error condition clears.

* Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.

* Relevant G-codes:

* M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.

* M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.

* M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.

* M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)

*/

//#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS

#if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)

#define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]

#define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE

#define STOP_ON_ERROR

#endif

// @section tmc/hybrid

/**

* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only

* The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.

* This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.

* STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.

* M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting

*/

//#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD

#define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]

#define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100

#define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100

#define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100

#define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3

#define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3

#define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3

#define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3

#define I_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s]

#define J_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s]

#define K_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s]

#define U_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [mm/s]

#define V_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3

#define W_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3

#define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30

#define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30

#define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30

#define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30

#define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30

#define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30

#define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30

#define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30

/**

* Use StallGuard to home / probe X, Y, Z.

*

* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only

* Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.

* X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.

*

* X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.

* Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:

*

* Sensitivity TMC2209 Others

* HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)

* LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)

*

* It is recommended to set HOMING_BUMP_MM to { 0, 0, 0 }.

*

* SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130/TMC5160 Only ***

* Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.

* Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.

*

* IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when

* homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.

*

* Comment *_STALL_SENSITIVITY to disable sensorless homing for that axis.

* @section tmc/stallguard

*/

//#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only

#if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)

// TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63

#define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8

#define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY

#define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8

#define Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY

//#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8

//#define Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY

//#define Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY

//#define Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY

//#define I_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8

//#define J_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8

//#define K_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8

//#define U_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8

//#define V_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8

//#define W_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8

//#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only

//#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY

#endif

// @section tmc/config

/**

* TMC Homing stepper phase.

*

* Improve homing repeatability by homing to stepper coil's nearest absolute

* phase position. Trinamic drivers use a stepper phase table with 1024 values

* spanning 4 full steps with 256 positions each (ergo, 1024 positions).

* Full step positions (128, 384, 640, 896) have the highest holding torque.

*

* Values from 0..1023, -1 to disable homing phase for that axis.

*/

//#define TMC_HOME_PHASE { 896, 896, 896 }

/**

* Beta feature!

* Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.

*/

//#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING

/**

* Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.

* M122 S0/1 will enable continuous reporting.

*/

//#define TMC_DEBUG

/**

* You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.

* A list of available functions can be found on the library github page

* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper

*

* Example:

* #define TMC_ADV() { \

* stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \

* stepperY.intpol(0); \

* }

*/

#define TMC_ADV() { }

#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG || HAS_TMC26X

// @section i2cbus

//

// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control

// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library.

//

//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2

/**

* TWI/I2C BUS

*

* This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production

* machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave

* devices on the bus.

*

* ; Example #1

* ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)

* ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg

* M260 A99 ; Target slave address

* M260 B77 ; M

* M260 B97 ; a

* M260 B114 ; r

* M260 B108 ; l

* M260 B105 ; i

* M260 B110 ; n

* M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer

*

* ; Example #2

* ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)

* M261 A99 B5

*

* ; Example #3

* ; Example serial output of a M261 request

* echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello

*/

//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS

#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS)

#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave

#endif

// @section photo

/**

* Photo G-code

* Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.

* The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.

*/

//#define PHOTO_GCODE

#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)

// A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo

//#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)

//#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)

//#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)

// Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger

// Data from: https://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/

//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23

// Canon Hack Development Kit

// https://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/

//#define CHDK_PIN 4

// Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter

//#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)

// Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high

//#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)

/**

* PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model.

* Pin must be running at 48.4kHz.

* Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough.

* (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.)

*

* Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq

* IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7

*/

//#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation

#ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US

#define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation

#endif

#endif

// @section cnc

/**

* Spindle & Laser control

*

* Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and

* to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.

*

* SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.

* Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set

* the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.

*

* You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V

* hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.

*

* See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/2.0.9/laser_spindle.html for more config details.

*/

//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE

//#define LASER_FEATURE

#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)

#define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN is active HIGH

#define SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM // Enable if your controller supports setting the speed/power

#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM)

#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT false // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower

#define SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY 2500 // (Hz) Spindle/laser frequency (only on supported HALs: AVR, ESP32, and LPC)

// ESP32: If SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is onboard then <=78125Hz. For I2S expander

// the frequency determines the PWM resolution. 2500Hz = 0-100, 977Hz = 0-255, ...

// (250000 / SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY) = max value.

#endif

//#define AIR_EVACUATION // Cutter Vacuum / Laser Blower motor control with G-codes M10-M11

#if ENABLED(AIR_EVACUATION)

#define AIR_EVACUATION_ACTIVE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH

//#define AIR_EVACUATION_PIN 42 // Override the default Cutter Vacuum or Laser Blower pin

#endif

//#define AIR_ASSIST // Air Assist control with G-codes M8-M9

#if ENABLED(AIR_ASSIST)

#define AIR_ASSIST_ACTIVE LOW // Active state on air assist pin

//#define AIR_ASSIST_PIN 44 // Override the default Air Assist pin

#endif

//#define SPINDLE_SERVO // A servo converting an angle to spindle power

#ifdef SPINDLE_SERVO

#define SPINDLE_SERVO_NR 0 // Index of servo used for spindle control

#define SPINDLE_SERVO_MIN 10 // Minimum angle for servo spindle

#endif

/**

* Speed / Power can be set ('M3 S') and displayed in terms of:

* - PWM255 (S0 - S255)

* - PERCENT (S0 - S100)

* - RPM (S0 - S50000) Best for use with a spindle

* - SERVO (S0 - S180)

*/

#define CUTTER_POWER_UNIT PWM255

/**

* Relative Cutter Power

* Normally, 'M3 O<power>' sets

* OCR power is relative to the range SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX.

* so input powers of 0...255 correspond to SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX

* instead of normal range (0 to SPEED_POWER_MAX).

* Best used with (e.g.) SuperPID router controller: S0 = 5,000 RPM and S255 = 30,000 RPM

*/

//#define CUTTER_POWER_RELATIVE // Set speed proportional to [SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX]

#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)

//#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction

#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction

#define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed

#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power

#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop

/**

* M3/M4 Power Equation

*

* Each tool uses different value ranges for speed / power control.

* These parameters are used to convert between tool power units and PWM.

*

* Speed/Power = (PWMDC / 255 * 100 - SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE

* PWMDC = (spdpwr - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / (SPEED_POWER_MAX - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE

*/

#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM)

#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage

#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 // (RPM)

#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // (RPM) SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM

#define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 25000 // (RPM) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments)

#endif

#else

#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM)

#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage

#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 0 // (%) 0-100

#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // (%) 0-100

#define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 80 // (%) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments)

#endif

// Define the minimum and maximum test pulse time values for a laser test fire function

#define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MIN 1 // (ms) Used with Laser Control Menu

#define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MAX 999 // (ms) Caution: Menu may not show more than 3 characters

#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power

#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop

/**

* Laser Safety Timeout

*

* The laser should be turned off when there is no movement for a period of time.

* Consider material flammability, cut rate, and G-code order when setting this

* value. Too low and it could turn off during a very slow move; too high and

* the material could ignite.

*/

#define LASER_SAFETY_TIMEOUT_MS 1000 // (ms)

/**

* Any M3 or G1/2/3/5 command with the 'I' parameter enables continuous inline power mode.

*

* e.g., 'M3 I' enables continuous inline power which is processed by the planner.

* Power is stored in move blocks and applied when blocks are processed by the Stepper ISR.

*

* 'M4 I' sets dynamic mode which uses the current feedrate to calculate a laser power OCR value.

*

* Any move in dynamic mode will use the current feedrate to calculate the laser power.

* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000

* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.

* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .

* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.

*

* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.

*/

/**

* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.

* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in

* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting

* for a planner syncronization

*/

//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC

/**

* Scale the laser's power in proportion to the movement rate.

*

* - Sets the entry power proportional to the entry speed over the nominal speed.

* - Ramps the power up every N steps to approximate the speed trapezoid.

* - Due to the limited power resolution this is only approximate.

*/

//#define LASER_POWER_TRAP

//

// Laser I2C Ammeter (High precision INA226 low/high side module)

//

//#define I2C_AMMETER

#if ENABLED(I2C_AMMETER)

#define I2C_AMMETER_IMAX 0.1 // (Amps) Calibration value for the expected current range

#define I2C_AMMETER_SHUNT_RESISTOR 0.1 // (Ohms) Calibration shunt resistor value

#endif

//

// Laser Coolant Flow Meter

//

//#define LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER

#if ENABLED(LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER)

#define FLOWMETER_PIN 20 // Requires an external interrupt-enabled pin (e.g., RAMPS 2,3,18,19,20,21)

#define FLOWMETER_PPL 5880 // (pulses/liter) Flow meter pulses-per-liter on the input pin

#define FLOWMETER_INTERVAL 1000 // (ms) Flow rate calculation interval in milliseconds

#define FLOWMETER_SAFETY // Prevent running the laser without the minimum flow rate set below

#if ENABLED(FLOWMETER_SAFETY)

#define FLOWMETER_MIN_LITERS_PER_MINUTE 1.5 // (liters/min) Minimum flow required when enabled

#endif

#endif

#endif

#endif // SPINDLE_FEATURE || LASER_FEATURE

/**

* Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107

*

* Marlin normally applies M106/M107 fan speeds at a time "soon after" processing

* a planner block. This is too inaccurate for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan

* header (as with some add-on laser kits). Enable this option to set fan/laser

* speeds with much more exact timing for improved print fidelity.

*

* NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options.

*/

//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107

/**

* Coolant Control

*

* Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.

*

* Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.

*/

//#define COOLANT_CONTROL

#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)

#define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present

#define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present

#define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed

#define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed

#endif

// @section filament width

/**

* Filament Width Sensor

*

* Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts

* flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.

*

* Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the

* extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the

* volume.

*

* Only a single extruder is supported at this time.

*

* 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector

* 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)

* 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3

*

* Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.

*/

//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR

#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)

#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]

#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber

#define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it

#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.

#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially

// Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.

//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY

#endif

// @section power

/**

* Power Monitor

* Monitor voltage (V) and/or current (A), and -when possible- power (W)

*

* Read and configure with M430

*

* The current sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured current) to an analog pin

* The voltage sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured voltage) to an analog pin

*/

//#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT // Monitor the system current

//#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE // Monitor the system voltage

#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT)

#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_AMP 0.05000 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per amp - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF!

#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT_OFFSET 0 // Offset (in amps) applied to the calculated current

#define POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE 13.6 // Voltage for a current sensor with no voltage sensor (for power display)

#endif

#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE)

#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_VOLT 0.077933 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per volt - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF!

#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE_OFFSET 0 // Offset (in volts) applied to the calculated voltage

#endif

// @section safety

/**

* Stepper Driver Anti-SNAFU Protection

*

* If the SAFE_POWER_PIN is defined for your board, Marlin will check

* that stepper drivers are properly plugged in before applying power.

* Disable protection if your stepper drivers don't support the feature.

*/

//#define DISABLE_DRIVER_SAFE_POWER_PROTECT

// @section cnc

/**

* CNC Coordinate Systems

*

* Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems

* and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.

*/

//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS

// @section reporting

/**

* Auto-report fan speed with M123 S<seconds>

* Requires fans with tachometer pins

*/

//#define AUTO_REPORT_FANS

/**

* Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>

*/

#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES

#if ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES) && TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT

//#define AUTO_REPORT_REDUNDANT // Include the "R" sensor in the auto-report

#endif

/**

* Auto-report position with M154 S<seconds>

*/

//#define AUTO_REPORT_POSITION

/**

* Include capabilities in M115 output

*/

#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT

#if ENABLED(EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT)

//#define M115_GEOMETRY_REPORT

#endif

// @section security

/**

* Expected Printer Check

* Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.

* M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.

*/

//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK

// @section volumetrics

/**

* Disable all Volumetric extrusion options

*/

//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS

#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)

/**

* Volumetric extrusion default state

* Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,

* with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.

*

* M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter (and enable volumetric).

* M200 S0/S1 to disable/enable volumetric extrusion.

*/

//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON

//#define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT

#if ENABLED(VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT)

/**

* Default volumetric extrusion limit in cubic mm per second (mm^3/sec).

* This factory setting applies to all extruders.

* Use 'M200 [T<extruder>] L<limit>' to override and 'M502' to reset.

* A non-zero value activates Volume-based Extrusion Limiting.

*/

#define DEFAULT_VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT 0.00 // (mm^3/sec)

#endif

#endif

// @section reporting

// Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report

//#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations

//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics

//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed.

//#define REPORT_FAN_CHANGE // Report the new fan speed when changed by M106 (and others)

// @section gcode

/**

* Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the G-code parser

*/

#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER

#if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER)

//#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS // Support for quoted string parameters

#endif

// Support for MeatPack G-code compression (https://github.com/scottmudge/OctoPrint-MeatPack)

//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_1

//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_2

//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase

//#define REPETIER_GCODE_M360 // Add commands originally from Repetier FW

/**

* Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all

* workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.

*

* - M206 and M428 are disabled.

* - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.

*/

//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS

/**

* CNC G-code options

* Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.

* Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).

* High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.

*/

//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments

//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.

// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves

//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/min)

#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE

//#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode

#endif

// @section gcode

/**

* Startup commands

*

* Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.

*/

//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"

/**

* G-code Macros

*

* Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.

* Macros are not saved to EEPROM.

*/

//#define GCODE_MACROS

#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)

#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used

#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro

#endif

/**

* User-defined menu items to run custom G-code.

* Up to 25 may be defined, but the actual number is LCD-dependent.

*/

// @section custom main menu

// Custom Menu: Main Menu

//#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN

#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN)

//#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_TITLE "Custom Commands"

#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"

#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK

//#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script

#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle

#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Home & UBL Info"

#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "G28\nG29 W"

//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog before this action

#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL

#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)

//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM

//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL

//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)

//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM

//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Heat Bed/Home/Level"

//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"

//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM

//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Home & Info"

//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "G28\nM503"

//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM

#endif

// @section custom config menu

// Custom Menu: Configuration Menu

//#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG

#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG)

//#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_TITLE "Custom Commands"

#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 Wireless Script Done"

#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK

//#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script

#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle

#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Wifi ON"

#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] WIFI-STA pwd=12345678"

//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog before this action

#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Bluetooth ON"

#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] BT pwd=12345678"

//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM

//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Radio OFF"

//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] OFF pwd=12345678"

//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM

//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Wifi ????"

//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M118 ????"

//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM

//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Wifi ????"

//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "M118 ????"

//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM

#endif

// @section custom buttons

/**

* User-defined buttons to run custom G-code.

* Up to 25 may be defined.

*/

//#define CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS

#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS)

//#define BUTTON1_PIN -1

#if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON1)

#define BUTTON1_HIT_STATE LOW // State of the triggered button. NC=LOW. NO=HIGH.

#define BUTTON1_WHEN_PRINTING false // Button allowed to trigger during printing?

#define BUTTON1_GCODE "G28"

#define BUTTON1_DESC "Homing" // Optional string to set the LCD status

#endif

//#define BUTTON2_PIN -1

#if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON2)

#define BUTTON2_HIT_STATE LOW

#define BUTTON2_WHEN_PRINTING false

#define BUTTON2_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)

#define BUTTON2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL

#endif

//#define BUTTON3_PIN -1

#if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON3)

#define BUTTON3_HIT_STATE LOW

#define BUTTON3_WHEN_PRINTING false

#define BUTTON3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)

#define BUTTON3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL

#endif

#endif

// @section host

/**

* Host Action Commands

*

* Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.

*

* See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands

* Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel

* G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed

*

* Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.

*

* Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so

* filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.

*/

//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS

#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)

//#define HOST_PAUSE_M76 // Tell the host to pause in response to M76

//#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT // Initiate host prompts to get user feedback

#if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT)

//#define HOST_STATUS_NOTIFICATIONS // Send some status messages to the host as notifications

#endif

//#define HOST_START_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to start

//#define HOST_SHUTDOWN_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to shut down

#endif

// @section extras

/**

* Cancel Objects

*

* Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects

*/

//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS

#if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS)

#define CANCEL_OBJECTS_REPORTING // Emit the current object as a status message

#endif

/**

* I2C position encoders for closed loop control.

* Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.

*

* Wiki: https://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder

* Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder

*

* Supplier: https://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module

* Alternative Supplier: https://reliabuild3d.com/

*

* Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.

* @section i2c encoders

*/

//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS

#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)

#define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5

// encoders supported currently.

#define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.

#define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.

#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-

// I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.

#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for

// 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,

// for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.

//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper

// steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)

//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.

#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.

#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the

// printer will attempt to correct the error; errors

// smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of

// measurement noise / latency (filter).

#define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.

#define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS

#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR

#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048

//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)

//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT

#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP

#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10

#define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options

#define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.

#define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.

#define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS

#define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.

#define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS

// Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.

#define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR

#define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048

#define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)

#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE

#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1

//#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given

// axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to

// disable abort behavior.

#define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault

// for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder

// is trusted again.

/**

* Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,

* this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with

* error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.

*/

#define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.

// Use a rolling average to identify persistent errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.

#define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE

#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS

/**

* Analog Joystick(s)

* @section joystick

*/

//#define JOYSTICK

#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)

#define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2

#define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2

#define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2

#define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2

//#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed

//#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed

//#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed

// Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting:

#define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max

#define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }

#define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }

//#define JOYSTICK_DEBUG

#endif

/**

* Mechanical Gantry Calibration

* Modern replacement for the Průša TMC_Z_CALIBRATION.

* Adds capability to work with any adjustable current drivers.

* Implemented as G34 because M915 is deprecated.

* @section calibrate

*/

//#define MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION

#if ENABLED(MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION)

#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_CURRENT 600 // Default calibration current in ma

#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 15 // Extra distance in mm past Z_###_POS to move

#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE 500 // Feedrate for correction move

//#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_TO_MIN // Enable to calibrate Z in the MIN direction

//#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_SAFE_POSITION XY_CENTER // Safe position for nozzle

//#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_XY_PARK_FEEDRATE 3000 // XY Park Feedrate - MMM

//#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_PRE ""

#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_POST "G28" // G28 highly recommended to ensure an accurate position

#endif

/**

* Instant freeze / unfreeze functionality

* Potentially useful for emergency stop that allows being resumed.

* @section interface

*/

//#define FREEZE_FEATURE

#if ENABLED(FREEZE_FEATURE)

//#define FREEZE_PIN 41 // Override the default (KILL) pin here

#define FREEZE_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating freeze

#endif

/**

* MAX7219 Debug Matrix

*

* Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.

* Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.

* @section debug matrix

*/

//#define MAX7219_DEBUG

#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)

#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64

#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57

#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44

//#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix

#define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral

#define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.

#define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)

// connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180

//#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The order of the LED matrix units may be reversed

//#define MAX7219_REVERSE_EACH // The LEDs in each matrix unit row may be reversed

//#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side

/**

* Sample debug features

* If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!

*/

#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning

#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 2 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row

#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 4 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row

#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row

// If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how

// tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.

#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix

// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.

// See class CodeProfiler.

#endif

/**

* NanoDLP Sync support

*

* Support for Synchronized Z moves when used with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will

* output a "Z_move_comp" string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure.

* This feature allows you to use [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of M400 commands.

* @section nanodlp

*/

//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC

#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)

//#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Send a "Z_move_comp" report for any axis move (not just Z).

#endif

/**

* Ethernet. Use M552 to enable and set the IP address.

* @section network

*/

#if HAS_ETHERNET

#define MAC_ADDRESS { 0xDE, 0xAD, 0xBE, 0xEF, 0xF0, 0x0D } // A MAC address unique to your network

#endif

/**

* WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)

*/

//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi management

//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib)

#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT)

//#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery)

//#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates

//#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host

/**

* To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with

* the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via

* .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public.

*

* #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID"

* #define WIFI_PWD "WiFi Password"

*/

//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password

#endif

// @section multi-material

/**

* Průša Multi-Material Unit (MMU)

* Enable in Configuration.h

*

* These devices allow a single stepper driver on the board to drive

* multi-material feeders with any number of stepper motors.

*/

#if HAS_PRUSA_MMU1

/**

* This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.

* Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.

*

* Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.

* Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.

*/

//#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required

//#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs

//#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs

#elif HAS_PRUSA_MMU2

// Serial port used for communication with MMU2.

#define MMU2_SERIAL_PORT 2

// Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it

//#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23

// Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)

//#define MMU2_MODE_12V

// G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout

#define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"

// Add an LCD menu for MMU2

//#define MMU2_MENUS

#if EITHER(MMU2_MENUS, HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S)

// Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.

// This is for Průša MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.

#define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0

#define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \

{ 7.2, 1145 }, \

{ 14.4, 871 }, \

{ 36.0, 1393 }, \

{ 14.4, 871 }, \

{ 50.0, 198 }

#define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \

{ 1.0, 1000 }, \

{ 1.0, 1500 }, \

{ 2.0, 2000 }, \

{ 1.5, 3000 }, \

{ 2.5, 4000 }, \

{ -15.0, 5000 }, \

{ -14.0, 1200 }, \

{ -6.0, 600 }, \

{ 10.0, 700 }, \

{ -10.0, 400 }, \

{ -50.0, 2000 }

#endif

/**

* Using a sensor like the MMU2S

* This mode requires a MK3S extruder with a sensor at the extruder idler, like the MMU2S.

* See https://help.prusa3d.com/en/guide/3b-mk3s-mk2-5s-extruder-upgrade_41560, step 11

*/

#if HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S

#define MMU2_C0_RETRY 5 // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries)

#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE 800 // (mm/min)

#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE \

{ 0.1, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \

{ 60.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \

{ -52.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }

#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_RETRACT 6.0 // (mm) Keep under the distance between Load Sequence values

#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_DEVIATION 0.8 // (mm) Acceptable deviation

#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT 0.2 // (mm) To reuse within MMU2 module

#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT_SEQUENCE \

{ -MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }

#else

/**

* MMU1 Extruder Sensor

*

* Support for a Průša (or other) IR Sensor to detect filament near the extruder

* and make loading more reliable. Suitable for an extruder equipped with a filament

* sensor less than 38mm from the gears.

*

* During loading the extruder will stop when the sensor is triggered, then do a last

* move up to the gears. If no filament is detected, the MMU2 can make some more attempts.

* If all attempts fail, a filament runout will be triggered.

*/

//#define MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR

#if ENABLED(MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR)

#define MMU_LOADING_ATTEMPTS_NR 5 // max. number of attempts to load filament if first load fail

#endif

#endif

//#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output

#endif // HAS_PRUSA_MMU2

/**

* Advanced Print Counter settings

* @section stats

*/

#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)

#define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3

// Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs

//#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"

//#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours

//#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"

//#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours

//#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"

//#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours

#endif

// @section develop

//

// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage

//

//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER

//

// M42 - Set pin states

//

//#define DIRECT_PIN_CONTROL

//

// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe

//

//#define PINS_DEBUGGING

// Enable Tests that will run at startup and produce a report

//#define MARLIN_TEST_BUILD

// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands

//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE

#if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE)

/**

* D576 - Buffer Monitoring

* To help diagnose print quality issues stemming from empty command buffers.

*/

//#define BUFFER_MONITORING

#endif

/**

* Postmortem Debugging captures misbehavior and outputs the CPU status and backtrace to serial.

* When running in the debugger it will break for debugging. This is useful to help understand

* a crash from a remote location. Requires ~400 bytes of SRAM and 5Kb of flash.

*/

//#define POSTMORTEM_DEBUGGING

/**

* Software Reset options

*/

//#define SOFT_RESET_VIA_SERIAL // 'KILL' and '^X' commands will soft-reset the controller

//#define SOFT_RESET_ON_KILL // Use a digital button to soft-reset the controller after KILL

// Report uncleaned reset reason from register r2 instead of MCUSR. Supported by Optiboot on AVR.

//#define OPTIBOOT_RESET_REASON

Author

Title

Language

Your paste - Paste your paste here

/**
 * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
 * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
 *
 * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
 * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
 *
 * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program.  If not, see &lt;https://www.gnu.org/licenses/&gt;.
 *
 */
#pragma once

#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR &quot;config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/CrealityV422&quot;

/**
 * Configuration_adv.h
 *
 * Advanced settings.
 * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
 * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
 *
 * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
 */
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 02010201

// @section develop

/**
 * Configuration Export
 *
 * Export the configuration as part of the build. (See signature.py)
 * Output files are saved with the build (e.g., .pio/build/mega2560).
 *
 * See `build_all_examples --ini` as an example of config.ini archiving.
 *
 *  1 = marlin_config.json - Dictionary containing the configuration.
 *      This file is also generated for CONFIGURATION_EMBEDDING.
 *  2 = config.ini - File format for PlatformIO preprocessing.
 *  3 = schema.json - The entire configuration schema. (13 = pattern groups)
 *  4 = schema.yml - The entire configuration schema.
 */
//#define CONFIG_EXPORT 2 // :[1:'JSON', 2:'config.ini', 3:'schema.json', 4:'schema.yml']

//===========================================================================
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
// @section temperature

/**
 * Thermocouple sensors are quite sensitive to noise.  Any noise induced in
 * the sensor wires, such as by stepper motor wires run in parallel to them,
 * may result in the thermocouple sensor reporting spurious errors.  This
 * value is the number of errors which can occur in a row before the error
 * is reported.  This allows us to ignore intermittent error conditions while
 * still detecting an actual failure, which should result in a continuous
 * stream of errors from the sensor.
 *
 * Set this value to 0 to fail on the first error to occur.
 */
#define THERMOCOUPLE_MAX_ERRORS 15

//
// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
//
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
  #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS    4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS   100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define HOTEND0_BETA                    3950 // Beta value
  #define HOTEND0_SH_C_COEFF                 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
  #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS    4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS   100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define HOTEND1_BETA                    3950 // Beta value
  #define HOTEND1_SH_C_COEFF                 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
  #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS    4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS   100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define HOTEND2_BETA                    3950 // Beta value
  #define HOTEND2_SH_C_COEFF                 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
  #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS    4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS   100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define HOTEND3_BETA                    3950 // Beta value
  #define HOTEND3_SH_C_COEFF                 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
  #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS    4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS   100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define HOTEND4_BETA                    3950 // Beta value
  #define HOTEND4_SH_C_COEFF                 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
  #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS    4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS   100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define HOTEND5_BETA                    3950 // Beta value
  #define HOTEND5_SH_C_COEFF                 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000
  #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS    4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS   100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define HOTEND6_BETA                    3950 // Beta value
  #define HOTEND6_SH_C_COEFF                 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000
  #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS    4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS   100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define HOTEND7_BETA                    3950 // Beta value
  #define HOTEND7_SH_C_COEFF                 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
  #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS        4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS       100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define BED_BETA                        3950 // Beta value
  #define BED_SH_C_COEFF                     0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
  #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS    4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS   100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define CHAMBER_BETA                    3950 // Beta value
  #define CHAMBER_SH_C_COEFF                 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER == 1000
  #define COOLER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS     4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define COOLER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS    100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define COOLER_BETA                     3950 // Beta value
  #define COOLER_SH_C_COEFF                  0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == 1000
  #define PROBE_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS      4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define PROBE_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS     100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define PROBE_BETA                      3950 // Beta value
  #define PROBE_SH_C_COEFF                   0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD == 1000
  #define BOARD_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS      4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define BOARD_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS     100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define BOARD_BETA                      3950 // Beta value
  #define BOARD_SH_C_COEFF                   0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT == 1000
  #define REDUNDANT_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS  4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define REDUNDANT_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define REDUNDANT_BETA                  3950 // Beta value
  #define REDUNDANT_SH_C_COEFF               0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

/**
 * Thermocouple Options — for MAX6675 (-2), MAX31855 (-3), and MAX31865 (-5).
 */
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_FORCE_HW_SPI                // Ignore SCK/MOSI/MISO pins; use CS and the default SPI bus.
//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_0 2               // (2-4) Number of wires for the probe connected to a MAX31865 board.
//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_1 2
//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_2 2

//#define MAX31865_50HZ_FILTER                    // Use a 50Hz filter instead of the default 60Hz.
//#define MAX31865_USE_READ_ERROR_DETECTION       // Treat value spikes (20°C delta in under 1s) as read errors.

//#define MAX31865_USE_AUTO_MODE                  // Read faster and more often than 1-shot; bias voltage always on; slight effect on RTD temperature.
//#define MAX31865_MIN_SAMPLING_TIME_MSEC     100 // (ms) 1-shot: minimum read interval. Reduces bias voltage effects by leaving sensor unpowered for longer intervals.
//#define MAX31865_IGNORE_INITIAL_FAULTY_READS 10 // Ignore some read faults (keeping the temperature reading) to work around a possible issue (#23439).

//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_0              0.95f // For 2-wire, set the wire resistances for more accurate readings.
//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_1              0.0f
//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_2              0.0f

/**
 * Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
 * https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
 */
//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
  #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
  #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
  #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
#endif

//
// Heated Bed Bang-Bang options
//
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
  #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000   // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control
  #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
    #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2        // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) &gt; BED_HYSTERESIS
  #endif
#endif

//
// Heated Chamber options
//
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
  #define CHAMBER_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000   // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control
  #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
    #define CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2        // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) &gt; CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS
  #endif
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN      P2_04   // Required heater on/off pin (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug)
  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
  //#define FAN1_PIN                   -1   // Remove the fan signal on pin P2_04 (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug)

//#define CHAMBER_FAN               // Enable a fan on the chamber
  #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_FAN)
    //#define CHAMBER_FAN_INDEX   2   // Index of a fan to repurpose as the chamber fan. (Default: first unused fan)
    #define CHAMBER_FAN_MODE      2   // Fan control mode: 0=Static; 1=Linear increase when temp is higher than target; 2=V-shaped curve; 3=similar to 1 but fan is always on.
    #if CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 0
      #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE  255   // Chamber fan PWM (0-255)
    #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 1
      #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE  128   // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255); turns on when chamber temperature is above the target
      #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25   // PWM increase per °C above target
    #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 2
      #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE  128   // Minimum chamber fan PWM (0-255)
      #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25   // PWM increase per °C difference from target
    #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 3
      #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE  128   // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255)
      #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25   // PWM increase per °C above target
    #endif
  #endif

//#define CHAMBER_VENT              // Enable a servo-controlled vent on the chamber
  #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_VENT)
    #define CHAMBER_VENT_SERVO_NR  1  // Index of the vent servo
    #define HIGH_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 5  // How much above target temp to consider there is excess heat in the chamber
    #define LOW_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT  3
    #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_TIME_CHAMBER_VENT 20
    #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_DEG_CHAMBER_VENT 1.5
  #endif
#endif

//
// Laser Cooler options
//
#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER
  #define COOLER_MINTEMP           8  // (°C)
  #define COOLER_MAXTEMP          26  // (°C)
  #define COOLER_DEFAULT_TEMP     16  // (°C)
  #define TEMP_COOLER_HYSTERESIS   1  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered &quot;close enough&quot; to the target
  #define COOLER_PIN               8  // Laser cooler on/off pin used to control power to the cooling element (e.g., TEC, External chiller via relay)
  #define COOLER_INVERTING     false
  #define TEMP_COOLER_PIN         15  // Laser/Cooler temperature sensor pin. ADC is required.
  #define COOLER_FAN                  // Enable a fan on the cooler, Fan# 0,1,2,3 etc.
  #define COOLER_FAN_INDEX         0  // FAN number 0, 1, 2 etc. e.g.
  #if ENABLED(COOLER_FAN)
    #define COOLER_FAN_BASE      100  // Base Cooler fan PWM (0-255); turns on when Cooler temperature is above the target
    #define COOLER_FAN_FACTOR     25  // PWM increase per °C above target
  #endif
#endif

//
// Motherboard Sensor options
//
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD
  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BOARD   // Halt the printer if the board sensor leaves the temp range below.
  #define BOARD_MINTEMP           8  // (°C)
  #define BOARD_MAXTEMP          70  // (°C)
  #ifndef TEMP_BOARD_PIN
    //#define TEMP_BOARD_PIN -1      // Board temp sensor pin, if not set in pins file.
  #endif
#endif

/**
 * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
 * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
 * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
 *
 * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
 * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
 * the heater on.
 *
 * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
 * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
 * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
 *
 * If you get false positives for &quot;Thermal Runaway&quot;, increase
 * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
 */
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40        // Seconds
  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4     // Degrees Celsius

//#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING              // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
  #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
    //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING    // Don't slow fan speed during M303
  #endif

/**
   * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
   * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
   * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
   * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
   * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
   * test.
   *
   * If you get false positives for &quot;Heating failed&quot;, increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
   * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
   * below 2.
   */
  #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD  40               // Seconds
  #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
#endif

/**
 * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
 */
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD        20 // Seconds
  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS     2 // Degrees Celsius

/**
   * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
   */
  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD                60 // Seconds
  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE               2 // Degrees Celsius
#endif

/**
 * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
 */
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD    20 // Seconds
  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius

/**
   * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
   */
  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD            60 // Seconds
  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE           2 // Degrees Celsius
#endif

/**
 * Thermal Protection parameters for the laser cooler.
 */
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER)
  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_PERIOD     10 // Seconds
  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_HYSTERESIS  3 // Degrees Celsius

/**
   * Laser cooling watch settings (M143/M193).
   */
  #define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_PERIOD             60 // Seconds
  #define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_INCREASE            3 // Degrees Celsius
#endif

#if ANY(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS, THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED, THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER, THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER)
  /**
   * Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL.
   * Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor. Disable if you get false positives.
   */
  //#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_VARIANCE_MONITOR   // Detect a sensor malfunction preventing temperature updates
#endif

#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
  // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
  // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
  //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
  #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
    #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) // heating power = Kc * e_speed
    #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
  #endif

/**
   * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
   * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
   * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
   * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
   *
   * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%)
   * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
   * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
   *   kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
   * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
   *
   * Example:
   *   Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
   *   Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
   *
   * Fan-speed dependent compensation
   * --------------------------------
   * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
   *    Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
   *    If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
   *    drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
   * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
   * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
   * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
   * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
   *    PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
   */
  //#define PID_FAN_SCALING
  #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
    //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
    #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
      // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
      // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
      // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.

#define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0        //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
      #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED   6.0        //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
      #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED     10.0        // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING

#define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
      #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0

#else
      #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0)             // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
      #define DEFAULT_Kf 10                              // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
      #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10               // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
    #endif
  #endif
#endif

/**
 * Automatic Temperature Mode
 *
 * Dynamically adjust the hotend target temperature based on planned E moves.
 *
 * (Contrast with PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, which tracks E movement and adjusts PID
 *  behavior using an additional kC value.)
 *
 * Autotemp is calculated by (mintemp + factor * mm_per_sec), capped to maxtemp.
 *
 * Enable Autotemp Mode with M104/M109 F&lt;factor&gt; S&lt;mintemp&gt; B&lt;maxtemp&gt;.
 * Disable by sending M104/M109 with no F parameter (or F0 with AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL).
 */
#define AUTOTEMP
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
  #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT    0.98  // Factor used to weight previous readings (0.0 &lt; value &lt; 1.0)
  // Turn on AUTOTEMP on M104/M109 by default using proportions set here
  //#define AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL
  #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL)
    #define AUTOTEMP_MIN_P      0 // (°C) Added to the target temperature
    #define AUTOTEMP_MAX_P      5 // (°C) Added to the target temperature
    #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR_P   1 // Apply this F parameter by default (overridden by M104/M109 F)
  #endif
#endif

// Show Temperature ADC value
// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES

/**
 * High Temperature Thermistor Support
 *
 * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
 * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means TEMP_SENSOR_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
 * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
 * preheating process, which will trigger a MINTEMP error as a safety measure
 * and force stop everything.
 * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
 * MINTEMP error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
 * aberrant readings.
 *
 * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
 * uncomment and set values &gt; 0 in the constants below
 */

// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
// before a MINTEMP error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0

/**
 * The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
 * the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
 * hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
 * the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
 * This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
 */
//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0

// @section extruder

/**
 * Extruder runout prevention.
 * If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
 * then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
 */
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500  // (mm/min)
  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5   // (mm)
#endif

/**
 * Hotend Idle Timeout
 * Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam.
 */
//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT
#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT)
  #define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60)    // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection
  #define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER   180     // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection
  #define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET   0     // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout
  #define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET      0     // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout
#endif

// @section temperature

// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET  0.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN    1.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN   1.0

/**
 * Controller Fan
 * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
 *
 * The fan turns on automatically whenever any driver is enabled and turns
 * off (or reduces to idle speed) shortly after drivers are turned off.
 */
//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1           // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN2_PIN -1          // Set a custom pin for second controller fan
  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY       // With this option only the Z axis is considered
  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_IGNORE_Z         // Ignore Z stepper. Useful when stepper timeout is disabled.
  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN         0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.)
  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE    255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled
  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE        0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled
  #define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME        60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors

// Use TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD as a trigger for enabling the controller fan
  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_MIN_BOARD_TEMP 40  // (°C) Turn on the fan if the board reaches this temperature

//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE         // Enable M710 configurable settings
  #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE)
    #define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU             // Enable the Controller Fan submenu
  #endif
#endif

/**
 * Fan Kickstart
 * When part cooling or controller fans first start, run at a speed that
 * gets it spinning reliably for a short time before setting the requested speed.
 * (Does not work on Sanguinololu with FAN_SOFT_PWM.)
 */
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME  100  // (ms)
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_POWER 180  // 64-255

// Some coolers may require a non-zero &quot;off&quot; state.
//#define FAN_OFF_PWM  1

/**
 * PWM Fan Scaling
 *
 * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
 *
 * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
 * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
 * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
 * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
 *
 * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
 */
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128

/**
 * Fan Fast PWM
 *
 * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally
 * to produce a frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
 *
 * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
 *   Set this to your desired frequency.
 *   For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
 *            i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
 *   For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
 *   This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
 *   and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
 *
 *   NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (&lt; 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
 *         Setting very high frequencies can damage your hardware.
 *
 * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
 *   Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
 *   16MHz MCUs: [62.5kHz, 31.4kHz (default), 7.8kHz, 3.92kHz, 1.95kHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
 *   20MHz MCUs: [78.1kHz, 39.2kHz (default), 9.77kHz, 4.9kHz, 2.44kHz, 1.22kHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
 *   A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
 *   PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
 *   USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
 */
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN    // Increase the fan PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
  //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400  // Define here to override the defaults below
  //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
  #ifndef FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
    #ifdef __AVR__
      #define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY ((F_CPU) / (2 * 255 * 1))
    #else
      #define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 1000U
    #endif
  #endif
#endif

/**
 * Use one of the PWM fans as a redundant part-cooling fan
 */
//#define REDUNDANT_PART_COOLING_FAN 2  // Index of the fan to sync with FAN 0.

// @section extruder

/**
 * Extruder cooling fans
 *
 * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
 * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
 *
 * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
 * or set to -1 to disable completely.
 *
 * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
 * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
 */
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1

#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 18
#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255

/**
 * Hotend Cooling Fans tachometers
 *
 * Define one or more tachometer pins to enable fan speed
 * monitoring, and reporting of fan speeds with M123.
 *
 * NOTE: Only works with fans up to 7000 RPM.
 */
//#define FOURWIRES_FANS      // Needed with AUTO_FAN when 4-wire PWM fans are installed
//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN

/**
 * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
 *
 * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
 * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
 * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
 */
#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
#define FANMUX2_PIN -1

/**
 * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
 */
//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
  //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4                  // Override the default pin if needed
  #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128            // Limit PWM duty cycle (0-255)
  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
  #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
    //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL         // Use NeoPixel LED as case light
  #endif
  #if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
    //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED          // Use RGB / RGBW LED as case light
  #endif
  #if EITHER(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL, CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED)
    #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
  #endif
#endif

// @section homing

// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT

// @section extras

//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.

// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN        -1
  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
#endif

/**
 * Dual X Carriage
 *
 * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
 * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
 * &quot;duplication mode&quot; it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
 * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
 * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
 * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
 *
 * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S&lt;mode&gt;:
 *
 *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
 *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
 *
 *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
 *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
 *
 *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
 *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
 *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
 *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
 *
 *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
 *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
 *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
 *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
 */
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS    // Set to X_MIN_POS
  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE   // A max coordinate so the X1 carriage can't hit the parked X2 carriage
  #define X2_MIN_POS    80        // A min coordinate so the X2 carriage can't hit the parked X1 carriage
  #define X2_MAX_POS   353        // The max position of the X2 carriage, typically also the home position
  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1        // Set to 1. The X2 carriage always homes to the max endstop position
  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS  // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
                                  // NOTE: For Dual X Carriage use M218 T1 Xn to override the X2_HOME_POS.
                                  // This allows recalibration of endstops distance without a rebuild.
                                  // Remember to set the second extruder's X-offset to 0 in your slicer.

// This is the default power-up mode which can be changed later using M605 S&lt;mode&gt;.
  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE

// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
  #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

// Default action to execute following M605 mode change commands. Typically G28X to apply new mode.
  //#define EVENT_GCODE_IDEX_AFTER_MODECHANGE &quot;G28X&quot;
#endif

/**
 * Multi-Stepper / Multi-Endstop
 *
 * When X2_DRIVER_TYPE is defined, this indicates that the X and X2 motors work in tandem.
 * The following explanations for X also apply to Y and Z multi-stepper setups.
 * Endstop offsets may be changed by 'M666 X&lt;offset&gt; Y&lt;offset&gt; Z&lt;offset&gt;' and stored to EEPROM.
 *
 * - Enable INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR if the X2 motor requires an opposite DIR signal from X.
 *
 * - Enable X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS if the second motor has its own endstop, with adjustable offset.
 *
 *   - Extra endstops are included in the output of 'M119'.
 *
 *   - Set X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to the known error in the X2 endstop.
 *     Applied to the X2 motor on 'G28' / 'G28 X'.
 *     Get the offset by homing X and measuring the error.
 *     Also set with 'M666 X&lt;offset&gt;' and stored to EEPROM with 'M500'.
 *
 *   - Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug by name. (_XMIN_, _XMAX_, _YMIN_, _YMAX_, _ZMIN_, _ZMAX_)
 */
#if HAS_X2_STEPPER &amp;&amp; DISABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
  //#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR        // X2 direction signal is the opposite of X
  //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS           // X2 has its own endstop
  #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
    #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP    _XMAX_  // X2 endstop board plug. Don't forget to enable USE_*_PLUG.
    #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT  0  // X2 offset relative to X endstop
  #endif
#endif

#if HAS_DUAL_Y_STEPPERS
  //#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR        // Y2 direction signal is the opposite of Y
  //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS           // Y2 has its own endstop
  #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
    #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP    _YMAX_  // Y2 endstop board plug. Don't forget to enable USE_*_PLUG.
    #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT  0  // Y2 offset relative to Y endstop
  #endif
#endif

//
// Multi-Z steppers
//
#ifdef Z2_DRIVER_TYPE
  //#define INVERT_Z2_VS_Z_DIR        // Z2 direction signal is the opposite of Z

//#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS          // Other Z axes have their own endstops
  #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP   _XMAX_   // Z2 endstop board plug. Don't forget to enable USE_*_PLUG.
    #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0   // Z2 offset relative to Z endstop
  #endif
  #ifdef Z3_DRIVER_TYPE
    //#define INVERT_Z3_VS_Z_DIR      // Z3 direction signal is the opposite of Z
    #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
      #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP   _YMAX_ // Z3 endstop board plug. Don't forget to enable USE_*_PLUG.
      #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z3 offset relative to Z endstop
    #endif
  #endif
  #ifdef Z4_DRIVER_TYPE
    //#define INVERT_Z4_VS_Z_DIR      // Z4 direction signal is the opposite of Z
    #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
      #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP   _ZMAX_ // Z4 endstop board plug. Don't forget to enable USE_*_PLUG.
      #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z4 offset relative to Z endstop
    #endif
  #endif
#endif

// Drive the E axis with two synchronized steppers
//#define E_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(E_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
  //#define INVERT_E1_VS_E0_DIR       // E direction signals are opposites
#endif

// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
//#define EXT_SOLENOID

// @section homing

/**
 * Homing Procedure
 * Homing (G28) does an indefinite move towards the endstops to establish
 * the position of the toolhead relative to the workspace.
 */

//#define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM  { 2, 2, 0 }  // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops before sensorless homing

#define HOMING_BUMP_MM      { 5, 5, 2 }       // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after first bump
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 }       // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)

//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 }  // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after homing
//#define XY_COUNTERPART_BACKOFF_MM 0         // (mm) Backoff X after homing Y, and vice-versa

#define QUICK_HOME                            // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X                     // If G28 contains XY home Y before X
//#define HOME_Z_FIRST                        // Home Z first. Requires a Z-MIN endstop (not a probe).
//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING               // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first

// @section bltouch

#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
  /**
   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
   * advanced commands.
   *
   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, do a &quot;Reset&quot; and &quot;Self-Test&quot; and then check the
   *       wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
   *
   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not &quot;interchangeable&quot;
   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
   *
   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
   */

// Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
  #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500

/**
   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
   */

// Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
  #define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE

/**
   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
   * Summary:
   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - &quot;logic voltage free&quot;) output modes
   *   - High-Speed mode
   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
   */

/**
   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
   */
  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE

/**
   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
   */
  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET

/**
   * Enable &quot;HIGH SPEED&quot; option for probing.
   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
   * This feature was designed for Deltabots with very fast Z moves; however, higher speed Cartesians
   * might be able to use it. If the machine can't raise Z fast enough the BLTouch may go into ALARM.
   *
   * Set the default state here, change with 'M401 S' or UI, use M500 to save, M502 to reset.
   */
  #define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE true

// Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU

#endif // BLTOUCH

// @section extras

/**
 * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
 * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
 */
//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
  /**
   * Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]]
   * These positions are machine-relative and do not shift with the M206 home offset!
   * If not defined, probe limits will be used.
   * Override with 'M422 S&lt;index&gt; X&lt;pos&gt; Y&lt;pos&gt;'.
   */
  //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { {  10, 190 }, { 100,  10 }, { 190, 190 } }

/**
   * Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions.
   * Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S&lt;index&gt; X&lt;pos&gt; Y&lt;pos&gt;'
   *
   * 2 Steppers:  (0)     (1)
   *               |       |   2   |
   *               | 1   2 |       |
   *               |       |   1   |
   *
   * 3 Steppers:  (0)     (1)     (2)     (3)
   *               |   3   | 1     | 2   1 |     2 |
   *               |       |     3 |       | 3     |
   *               | 1   2 | 2     |   3   |     1 |
   *
   * 4 Steppers:  (0)     (1)     (2)     (3)
   *               | 4   3 | 1   4 | 2   1 | 3   2 |
   *               |       |       |       |       |
   *               | 1   2 | 2   3 | 3   4 | 4   1 |
   */
  #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY
    //#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0
  #endif

/**
   * Z Stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
   * Requires 3 or 4 Z steppers.
   *
   * Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3... corresponding to the screw
   * positions in the bed carriage, with one position per Z stepper in stepper
   * driver order.
   */
  //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }

#ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY
    // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case
    // the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point.
    #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0       // Use a value &gt; 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability!
  #endif

// On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
  #define G34_MAX_GRADE              5    // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle
  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 5    // Number of iterations to apply during alignment
  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC        0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this
  #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34      // Restore leveling after G34 is done?
  // After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights?
  // Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed.
  #define HOME_AFTER_G34
#endif

//
// Add the G35 command to read bed corners to help adjust screws. Requires a bed probe.
//
//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING
#if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING)

// Define positions for probe points.
  #define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { {  20, 20 }, { 180,  20 }, { 180, 180 }, { 20, 180 } }

// Define position names for probe points.
  #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 &quot;Front-Left&quot;
  #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_2 &quot;Front-Right&quot;
  #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_3 &quot;Back-Right&quot;
  #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 &quot;Back-Left&quot;

#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35    // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
  //#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM          // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first

//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD    // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu

//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move the nozzle out of the way for adjustment

/**
   * Screw thread:
   *   M3: 30 = Clockwise, 31 = Counter-Clockwise
   *   M4: 40 = Clockwise, 41 = Counter-Clockwise
   *   M5: 50 = Clockwise, 51 = Counter-Clockwise
   */
  #define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD 30

#endif

// @section motion

/**
 * Input Shaping -- EXPERIMENTAL
 *
 * Zero Vibration (ZV) Input Shaping for X and/or Y movements.
 *
 * This option uses a lot of SRAM for the step buffer. The buffer size is
 * calculated automatically from SHAPING_FREQ_[XY], DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT,
 * DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE and ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING. The default calculation can
 * be overridden by setting SHAPING_MIN_FREQ and/or SHAPING_MAX_FEEDRATE.
 * The higher the frequency and the lower the feedrate, the smaller the buffer.
 * If the buffer is too small at runtime, input shaping will have reduced
 * effectiveness during high speed movements.
 *
 * Tune with M593 D&lt;factor&gt; F&lt;frequency&gt;:
 *
 *  D&lt;factor&gt;    Set the zeta/damping factor. If axes (X, Y, etc.) are not specified, set for all axes.
 *  F&lt;frequency&gt; Set the frequency. If axes (X, Y, etc.) are not specified, set for all axes.
 *  T[map]       Input Shaping type, 0:ZV, 1:EI, 2:2H EI (not implemented yet)
 *  X&lt;1&gt;         Set the given parameters only for the X axis.
 *  Y&lt;1&gt;         Set the given parameters only for the Y axis.
 */
//#define INPUT_SHAPING_X
//#define INPUT_SHAPING_Y
#if EITHER(INPUT_SHAPING_X, INPUT_SHAPING_Y)
  #if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_X)
    #define SHAPING_FREQ_X  40          // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the X axis.
    #define SHAPING_ZETA_X  0.15f       // Damping ratio of the X axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping).
  #endif
  #if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_Y)
    #define SHAPING_FREQ_Y  40          // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the Y axis.
    #define SHAPING_ZETA_Y  0.15f       // Damping ratio of the Y axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping).
  #endif
  //#define SHAPING_MIN_FREQ  20        // By default the minimum of the shaping frequencies. Override to affect SRAM usage.
  //#define SHAPING_MAX_STEPRATE 10000  // By default the maximum total step rate of the shaped axes. Override to affect SRAM usage.
  //#define SHAPING_MENU                // Add a menu to the LCD to set shaping parameters.
#endif

#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }

// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION

// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_I_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_J_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_K_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_U_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_V_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_W_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false

/**
 * Idle Stepper Shutdown
 * Set DISABLE_INACTIVE_? 'true' to shut down axis steppers after an idle period.
 * The Deactive Time can be overridden with M18 and M84. Set to 0 for No Timeout.
 */
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set 'false' if the nozzle could fall onto your printed part!
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_I true
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_J true
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_K true
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_U true
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_V true
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_W true
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true

// Default Minimum Feedrates for printing and travel moves
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // (mm/s. °/s for rotational-only moves) Minimum feedrate. Set with M205 S.
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE     0.0     // (mm/s. °/s for rotational-only moves) Minimum travel feedrate. Set with M205 T.

// Minimum time that a segment needs to take as the buffer gets emptied
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME        20000   // (µs) Set with M205 B.

// Slow down the machine if the lookahead buffer is (by default) half full.
// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes.
#define SLOWDOWN
#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN)
  #define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2
#endif

/**
 * XY Frequency limit
 * Reduce resonance by limiting the frequency of small zigzag infill moves.
 * See https://hydraraptor.blogspot.com/2010/12/frequency-limit.html
 * Use M201 F&lt;freq&gt; G&lt;min%&gt; to change limits at runtime.
 */
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT      10 // (Hz) Maximum frequency of small zigzag infill moves. Set with M201 F&lt;hertz&gt;.
#ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT
  #define XY_FREQUENCY_MIN_PERCENT 5 // (percent) Minimum FR percentage to apply. Set with M201 G&lt;min%&gt;.
#endif

// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)

//
// Backlash Compensation
// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
//
//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
  // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
  // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
  #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) One value for each linear axis
  #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION    0.0       // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction

// Add steps for motor direction changes on CORE kinematics
  //#define CORE_BACKLASH

// Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
  // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
  //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)

// Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
  //#define BACKLASH_GCODE

#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
    // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with &quot;M425 Z&quot;
    #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING

#if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
      // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
      // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
      // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT       0.5   // (mm)
      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION  0.005 // (mm)
      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE    Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW // (mm/min)
    #endif
  #endif
#endif

/**
 * Automatic backlash, position, and hotend offset calibration
 *
 * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
 * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
 *
 * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
 * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
 * and hotend offsets.
 *
 * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
 *       ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
 */
//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)

//#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_PRE  &quot;M117 Starting Auto-Calibration\nT0\nG28\nG12\nM117 Calibrating...&quot;
  //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_POST &quot;M500\nM117 Calibration data saved&quot;

#define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION     0.01 // mm

#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW             60    // mm/min
  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST           1200    // mm/min
  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL         3000    // mm/min

// The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT          1.0  // mm
  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER      2.0  // mm

// Uncomment to enable reporting (required for &quot;G425 V&quot;, but consumes PROGMEM).
  //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING

// The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER     { 264.0, -22.0,  -2.0 } // mm
  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS {  10.0,  10.0,  10.0 } // mm

// Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
  // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK

//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_IMIN
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_IMAX
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_JMIN
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_JMAX
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_KMIN
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_KMAX
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_UMIN
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_UMAX
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_VMIN
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_VMAX
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_WMIN
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_WMAX

// Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
  // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES

// Define the pin to read during calibration
  #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
    //#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1            // Define here to override the default pin
    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin
    //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
  #endif
#endif

/**
 * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
 * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
 * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
 * lowest stepping frequencies.
 */
//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING

/**
 * Custom Microstepping
 * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
 */
//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH

// Microstep settings (Requires a board with pins named X_MS1, X_MS2, etc.)
#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]

/**
 *  @section  stepper motor current
 *
 *  Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
 *
 *  The power on motor currents are set by:
 *    PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO &amp; ULTIMAIN_2
 *                         known compatible chips: A4982
 *    DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO &amp; SCOOVO_X9H
 *                         known compatible chips: AD5206
 *    DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF &amp; RIGIDBOARD_V2
 *                         known compatible chips: MCP4728
 *    DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
 *                         known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
 *
 *  Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
 *    M907 - applies to all.
 *    M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 &amp; SCOOVO_X9H
 *    M909, M910 &amp; LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF &amp; RIGIDBOARD_V2
 */
//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 }          // Values in milliamps
//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 }   // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 }    // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis

/**
 * I2C-based DIGIPOTs (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
 */
//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018             // Requires https://github.com/felias-fogg/SlowSoftI2CMaster
//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4451
#if EITHER(DIGIPOT_MCP4018, DIGIPOT_MCP4451)
  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8  // 5DPRINT:4   AZTEEG_X3_PRO:8   MKS_SBASE:5   MIGHTYBOARD_REVE:5

// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
  // These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO

//#define DIGIPOT_USE_RAW_VALUES    // Use DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT raw wiper values (instead of A4988 motor currents)

/**
   * Common slave addresses:
   *
   *                        A   (A shifted)   B   (B shifted)  IC
   * Smoothie              0x2C (0x58)       0x2D (0x5A)       MCP4451
   * AZTEEG_X3_PRO         0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI        0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI         0x58              0x5C        MCP4451
   * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE      0x2F (0x5E)                         MCP4018
   */
  //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C  // Unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
  //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D  // Unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
#endif

//===========================================================================
//=============================Additional Features===========================
//===========================================================================

// @section lcd

#if HAS_MANUAL_MOVE_MENU
  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // (mm/min) Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
  #define FINE_MANUAL_MOVE 0.025    // (mm) Smallest manual move (&lt; 0.1mm) applying to Z on most machines
  #if IS_ULTIPANEL
    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than &quot;position&quot;
    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
  #endif
#endif

// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
  #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC   30  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
  #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC  80  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
#endif

// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION   10
  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
#endif

//
// LCD Backlight Timeout
//
//#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT_MINS 1  // (minutes) Timeout before turning off the backlight

#if HAS_BED_PROBE &amp;&amp; EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_MENU, HAS_TFT_LVGL_UI)
  #define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD       // Add a Probe Z Offset calibration option to the LCD menu
  #if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD)
    /**
     * Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard.
     * Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset.
     * For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4.
     */
    #define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0

// Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and nozzle/bed-distance)
    //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER }
  #endif
#endif

#if HAS_MARLINUI_MENU

#if HAS_BED_PROBE
    // Add calibration in the Probe Offsets menu to compensate for X-axis twist.
    //#define X_AXIS_TWIST_COMPENSATION
    #if ENABLED(X_AXIS_TWIST_COMPENSATION)
      /**
       * Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard.
       * Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset.
       * For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4.
       */
      #define XATC_START_Z 0.0
      #define XATC_MAX_POINTS 3             // Number of points to probe in the wizard
      #define XATC_Y_POSITION Y_CENTER      // (mm) Y position to probe
      #define XATC_Z_OFFSETS { 0, 0, 0 }    // Z offsets for X axis sample points
    #endif

// Show Deploy / Stow Probe options in the Motion menu.
    #define PROBE_DEPLOY_STOW_MENU
  #endif

// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
  #define LCD_INFO_MENU
  #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
    //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
  #endif

// BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
  //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM

// Insert a menu for preheating at the top level to allow for quick access
  //#define PREHEAT_SHORTCUT_MENU_ITEM

#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_MENU

#if ANY(HAS_DISPLAY, DWIN_LCD_PROUI, DWIN_CREALITY_LCD_JYERSUI)
  //#define SOUND_MENU_ITEM   // Add a mute option to the LCD menu
  #define SOUND_ON_DEFAULT    // Buzzer/speaker default enabled state
#endif

#if EITHER(HAS_DISPLAY, DWIN_LCD_PROUI)
  // The timeout to return to the status screen from sub-menus
  //#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000   // (ms)

#if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN)
    #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 4000       // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s)
    #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI)
      #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL      // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving lots of flash)
    #endif
  #endif

// Scroll a longer status message into view
  #define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING

// Apply a timeout to low-priority status messages
  //#define STATUS_MESSAGE_TIMEOUT_SEC 30 // (seconds)

// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
  //#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY

// Show the E position (filament used) during printing
  //#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL

/**
   * LED Control Menu
   * Add LED Control to the LCD menu
   */
  //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
  #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
    #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS                 // Enable the Preset Color menu option
    //#define NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS              // Enable a second NeoPixel Preset Color menu option
    #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
      #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED        255  // User defined RED value
      #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN      128  // User defined GREEN value
      #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE         0  // User defined BLUE value
      #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE      255  // User defined WHITE value
      #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255  // User defined intensity
      //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP       // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
    #endif
    #if ENABLED(NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS)
      #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_RED        255 // User defined RED value
      #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_GREEN      128 // User defined GREEN value
      #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BLUE         0 // User defined BLUE value
      #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_WHITE      255 // User defined WHITE value
      #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
      //#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_STARTUP      // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup for the second strip
    #endif
  #endif

#endif // HAS_DISPLAY || DWIN_LCD_PROUI

// Add 'M73' to set print job progress, overrides Marlin's built-in estimate
//#define SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
#if ENABLED(SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY)
  #define SET_PROGRESS_PERCENT            // Add 'P' parameter to set percentage done
  #define SET_REMAINING_TIME              // Add 'R' parameter to set remaining time
  //#define SET_INTERACTION_TIME          // Add 'C' parameter to set time until next filament change or other user interaction
  //#define M73_REPORT                    // Report M73 values to host
  #if BOTH(M73_REPORT, SDSUPPORT)
    #define M73_REPORT_SD_ONLY            // Report only when printing from SD
  #endif
#endif

// LCD Print Progress options. Multiple times may be displayed in turn.
#if HAS_DISPLAY &amp;&amp; EITHER(SDSUPPORT, SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY)
  #define SHOW_PROGRESS_PERCENT           // Show print progress percentage (doesn't affect progress bar)
  #define SHOW_ELAPSED_TIME               // Display elapsed printing time (prefix 'E')
  //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME           // Display estimated time to completion (prefix 'R')
  #if ENABLED(SET_INTERACTION_TIME)
    #define SHOW_INTERACTION_TIME         // Display time until next user interaction ('C' = filament change)
  #endif
  //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS  // Show/report progress with decimal digits, not all UIs support this

#if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL)
    //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR            // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
    #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
      #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000  // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
      #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000  // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
      #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE      0  // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
      //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE         // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
      //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST     // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
    #endif
  #endif
#endif

#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
  /**
   * SD Card SPI Speed
   * May be required to resolve &quot;volume init&quot; errors.
   *
   * Enable and set to SPI_HALF_SPEED, SPI_QUARTER_SPEED, or SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
   *  otherwise full speed will be applied.
   *
   * :['SPI_HALF_SPEED', 'SPI_QUARTER_SPEED', 'SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED']
   */
  //#define SD_SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED

// The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty.
  // Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected.
  //#define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH

//#define SD_IGNORE_AT_STARTUP            // Don't mount the SD card when starting up
  #define SDCARD_READONLY                   // Read-only SD card (to save over 2K of flash)

//#define GCODE_REPEAT_MARKERS            // Enable G-code M808 to set repeat markers and do looping

#define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1              // Increase if you need more nested M32 calls

#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true   // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
  #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND &quot;M84&quot;  // Use &quot;M84XYE&quot; to keep Z enabled so your bed stays in place

// Reverse SD sort to show &quot;more recent&quot; files first, according to the card's FAT.
  // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
  #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST

#define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START             // Confirm the selected SD file before printing

//#define NO_SD_AUTOSTART                 // Remove auto#.g file support completely to save some Flash, SRAM
  //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART               // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files

//#define BROWSE_MEDIA_ON_INSERT          // Open the file browser when media is inserted

//#define MEDIA_MENU_AT_TOP               // Force the media menu to be listed on the top of the main menu

#define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT &quot;G28XY&quot;      // G-code to run on SD Abort Print (e.g., &quot;G28XY&quot; or &quot;G27&quot;)

#if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS)
    #define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME  (30*60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED &quot;done&quot; color before restoring normal illumination
  #endif

/**
   * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
   *
   * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
   * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
   * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
   * point in the file.
   */
  //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
  #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
    #define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT   false // Power Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' &amp; M500)
    //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY       // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss
    //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE       2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS)
    //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN         44 // Pin to detect power loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module.
    //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE     HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
    //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLUP         // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate for your sensor
    //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLDOWN
    //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN   20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
    //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.

// Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
    // especially with &quot;vase mode&quot; printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
    #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data

// Enable if Z homing is needed for proper recovery. 99.9% of the time this should be disabled!
    //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME
    #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME)
      //#define POWER_LOSS_ZHOME_POS { 0, 0 } // Safe XY position to home Z while avoiding objects on the bed
    #endif
  #endif

/**
   * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
   *
   * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
   * by name for easier navigation.
   *
   * By default...
   *
   *  - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
   *  - Folders are sorted to the top.
   *  - The sort key is statically allocated.
   *  - No added G-code (M34) support.
   *  - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
   *
   * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
   * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
   * limit is exceeded.
   *
   *  - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
   *  - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
   *  - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
   *  - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
   */
  //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA

// SD Card Sorting options
  #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
    #define SDSORT_LIMIT       40     // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
    #define FOLDER_SORTING     -1     // -1=above  0=none  1=below
    #define SDSORT_GCODE       false  // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 G-code.
    #define SDSORT_USES_RAM    false  // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
    #define SDSORT_USES_STACK  false  // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
    #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false  // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
    #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false  // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
    #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2      // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
                                      // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
  #endif

// Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the
  // LCD's font must contain the characters. Check your selected LCD language.
  //#define UTF_FILENAME_SUPPORT

//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT    // Get the long filename of a file/folder with 'M33 &lt;dosname&gt;' and list long filenames with 'M20 L'
  //#define LONG_FILENAME_WRITE_SUPPORT   // Create / delete files with long filenames via M28, M30, and Binary Transfer Protocol
  //#define M20_TIMESTAMP_SUPPORT         // Include timestamps by adding the 'T' flag to M20 commands

#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES           // Scroll long filenames in the SD card menu

//#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN          // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)

/**
   * Abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
   * This feature is enabled with 'M540 S1' or from the LCD menu.
   * Endstops must be activated for this option to work.
   */
  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
  #if ENABLED(SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT)
    //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_GCODE &quot;G28XY&quot; // G-code to run on endstop hit (e.g., &quot;G28XY&quot; or &quot;G27&quot;)
  #endif

//#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE // On print completion open the LCD Menu and select the same file

//#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS         // Auto-report media status with 'M27 S&lt;seconds&gt;'

/**
   * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
   * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
   * to Marlin as an SD card.
   *
   * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
   * the following pin mapping:
   *
   *    SCLK, MOSI, MISO --&amp;gt; SCLK, MOSI, MISO
   *    INT              --&amp;gt; SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
   *    SS               --&amp;gt; SDSS
   *
   * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
   */
  //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
  #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
    /**
     * USB Host Shield Library
     *
     * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
     *   on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
     *
     * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
     *   is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
     *   [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
     */
    //#define USE_UHS2_USB
    //#define USE_UHS3_USB

#define DISABLE_DUE_SD_MMC // Disable USB Host access to USB Drive to prevent hangs on block access for DUE platform

/**
     * Native USB Host supported by some boards (USB OTG)
     */
    //#define USE_OTG_USB_HOST

#if DISABLED(USE_OTG_USB_HOST)
      #define USB_CS_PIN    SDSS
      #define USB_INTR_PIN  SD_DETECT_PIN
    #endif
  #endif

/**
   * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
   * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
   *
   * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
   *
   * Tested with this bootloader:
   *   https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
   */
  //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
  #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR    0x1FF
    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE   0xF0
    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
  #endif

/**
   * Enable this option if you have more than ~3K of unused flash space.
   * Marlin will embed all settings in the firmware binary as compressed data.
   * Use 'M503 C' to write the settings out to the SD Card as 'mc.zip'.
   * See docs/ConfigEmbedding.md for details on how to use 'mc-apply.py'.
   */
  //#define CONFIGURATION_EMBEDDING

// Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
  //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER

#if ENABLED(BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER)
    // Include extra facilities (e.g., 'M20 F') supporting firmware upload via BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
    //#define CUSTOM_FIRMWARE_UPLOAD
  #endif

/**
   * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
   *
   *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
   *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board.
   *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
   *
   * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
   */
  //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD

// Enable if SD detect is rendered useless (e.g., by using an SD extender)
  //#define NO_SD_DETECT

/**
   * Multiple volume support - EXPERIMENTAL.
   * Adds 'M21 Pm' / 'M21 S' / 'M21 U' to mount SD Card / USB Drive.
   */
  //#define MULTI_VOLUME
  #if ENABLED(MULTI_VOLUME)
    #define VOLUME_SD_ONBOARD
    #define VOLUME_USB_FLASH_DRIVE
    #define DEFAULT_VOLUME SV_SD_ONBOARD
    #define DEFAULT_SHARED_VOLUME SV_USB_FLASH_DRIVE
  #endif

#endif // SDSUPPORT

/**
 * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
 * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
 */
//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).

/**
 * Additional options for Graphical Displays
 *
 * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
 * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
 * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
 * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
 *
 * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
 * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
 * printing performance versus fast display updates.
 */
#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
  // Save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame or no frame on the Info Screen
  //#define XYZ_NO_FRAME
  #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME

// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of flash.
  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
  //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT

// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2434 bytes of flash.
  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
  //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT

/**
   * Graphical Display Sleep
   *
   * The U8G library provides sleep / wake functions for SH1106, SSD1306,
   * SSD1309, and some other DOGM displays.
   * Enable this option to save energy and prevent OLED pixel burn-in.
   * Adds the menu item Configuration &gt; LCD Timeout (m) to set a wait period
   * from 0 (disabled) to 99 minutes.
   */
  //#define DISPLAY_SLEEP_MINUTES 2  // (minutes) Timeout before turning off the screen. Set with M255 S.

/**
   * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
   * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
   * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
   *
   * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
   * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
   * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
   *
   * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
   * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
   */
  #if IS_U8GLIB_ST7920
    // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
    // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
    //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5

//#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
    #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
      #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
    #endif
  #endif

/**
   * Status (Info) Screen customizations
   * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
   * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
   */
  //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS    // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
  //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS  // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
  #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED      // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM for numbered hotends)
  #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM          // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
  #define STATUS_BED_ANIM             // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
  #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM         // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
  //#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM        // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active
  //#define STATUS_COOLER_ANIM        // Use a second bitmap to indicate laser cooling
  //#define STATUS_FLOWMETER_ANIM     // Use multiple bitmaps to indicate coolant flow
  //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP     // Use the alternative bed bitmap
  //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP     // Use the alternative fan bitmap
  //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3       // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
  //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT       // Show heating in a progress bar
  //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of flash.

// Frivolous Game Options
  //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
  //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
  //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
  //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG          // Add extra blank lines above the &quot;Games&quot; sub-menu

#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB

#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB || IS_DWIN_MARLINUI
  #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME           // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
  //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE       // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
#endif

//
// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays
//
#if HAS_DGUS_LCD
  #define LCD_BAUDRATE 115200

#define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
  #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48
  //#define SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS  // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR)

#define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS  500    // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates

#if ANY(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY)
    #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME           // Display the filename during printing
    #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI               // Display a preheat screen during heatup

#if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS)
      //#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION   // Disabled by default for FYSETC and MKS
    #else
      #define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION     // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY
    #endif

#define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD
    #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD)
      #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10
      #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS
    #endif

#define DGUS_UI_WAITING               // Show a &quot;waiting&quot; screen between some screens
    #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING)
      #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10
      #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping
    #endif
  #endif
#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD

//
// Additional options for AnyCubic Chiron TFT displays
//
#if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON)
  // By default the type of panel is automatically detected.
  // Enable one of these options if you know the panel type.
  //#define CHIRON_TFT_STANDARD
  //#define CHIRON_TFT_NEW

// Enable the longer Anycubic powerup startup tune
  //#define AC_DEFAULT_STARTUP_TUNE

/**
   * Display Folders
   * By default the file browser lists all G-code files (including those in subfolders) in a flat list.
   * Enable this option to display a hierarchical file browser.
   *
   * NOTES:
   * - Without this option it helps to enable SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA so files are sorted before/after folders.
   * - When used with the &quot;new&quot; panel, folder names will also have '.gcode' appended to their names.
   *   This hack is currently required to force the panel to show folders.
   */
  #define AC_SD_FOLDER_VIEW
#endif

//
// Specify additional languages for the UI. Default specified by LCD_LANGUAGE.
//
#if ANY(DOGLCD, TFT_COLOR_UI, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, IS_DWIN_MARLINUI)
  //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
  //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
  //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
  //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
  #ifdef LCD_LANGUAGE_2
    //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_AUTO_SAVE // Automatically save language to EEPROM on change
  #endif
#endif

//
// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
//
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
  // Display board used
  //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A        // FTDI 3.5&quot; with FT800 (320x240)
  //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3&quot; (480x272)
  //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB         // Haoyu with 4.3&quot; or 5&quot; (480x272)
  //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB         // Haoyu with 5&quot; (800x480)
  //#define LCD_LULZBOT_CLCD_UI       // LulzBot Color LCD UI
  //#define LCD_FYSETC_TFT81050       // FYSETC with 5&quot; (800x480)
  //#define LCD_EVE3_50G              // Matrix Orbital 5.0&quot;, 800x480, BT815
  //#define LCD_EVE2_50G              // Matrix Orbital 5.0&quot;, 800x480, FT813

// Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
  //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
  //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
  //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480

// Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
  //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP      // LulzBot CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
  //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP      // LulzBot CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
  //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP     // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
  //#define S6_TFT_PINMAP       // FYSETC S6 pin mapping
  //#define F6_TFT_PINMAP       // FYSETC F6 pin mapping

//#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT  // Define pins manually below
  #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
    // Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen
    #define CLCD_MOD_RESET  9
    #define CLCD_SPI_CS    10

// If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
    //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
    #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
      #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
      #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
      #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
    #endif
  #endif

// Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
  // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
  // portrait and mirrored orientations.
  //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
  //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
  //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED

// UTF8 processing and rendering.
  // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
  //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
  #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
    // Western accents support. These accented characters use
    // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
    #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
    #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
      // Additional character groups. These characters require
      // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
      //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS  // ¹ ² ³
      //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT     // © ®
      //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC      // ß
      //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN  // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
      //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION   // « » ¿ ¡
      //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY      // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
      //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS      // º ª
      //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS   // ± × ÷
      //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS     // ¼ ½ ¾
      //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS       // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
    #endif

// Cyrillic character set, costs about 27KiB of flash
    //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CYRILLIC_CHARSET
  #endif

// Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
  #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT

// Use a numeric passcode for &quot;Screen lock&quot; keypad.
  // (recommended for smaller displays)
  //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE

// Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
  //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG

// Developer menu (accessed by touching &quot;About Printer&quot; copyright text)
  //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
#endif

//
// Classic UI Options
//
#if TFT_SCALED_DOGLCD
  //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
  //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
  //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
  //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
  //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
  //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
#endif

//
// ADC Button Debounce
//
#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS
  #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16  // Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast
#endif

// @section safety

/**
 * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
 * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
 *
 * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
 * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
 * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
 * interrupts are enabled.
 */
#define USE_WATCHDOG
#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
  //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
#endif

// @section lcd

/**
 * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
 * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
 * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
 *
 * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
 */
#define BABYSTEPPING
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
  #define INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING         // EXPERIMENTAL integration of babystepping into the Stepper ISR
  #define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
  #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE       // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
  //#define BABYSTEP_XY                     // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
  #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false           // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
  //#define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS       // Specify BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps
  #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z  1       // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep
  #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1       // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep

#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING    // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
  #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
    #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250   // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
                                            // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
    //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE              // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
    #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
      #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1   // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
    #endif
  #endif

#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL          // Display total babysteps since last G28

#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET          // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
  #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
    //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET      // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
    //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY   // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
  #endif
#endif

// @section extruder

/**
 * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
 *
 * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
 * K=0 means advance disabled.
 *
 * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
 *
 * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
 * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
 * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
 * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
 *
 * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
 */
//#define LIN_ADVANCE
#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
  #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS)
    #define ADVANCE_K { 0.22 }    // (mm) Compression length per 1mm/s extruder speed, per extruder
  #else
    #define ADVANCE_K 0.22        // (mm) Compression length applying to all extruders
  #endif
  //#define ADVANCE_K_EXTRA       // Add a second linear advance constant, configurable with M900 L.
  //#define LA_DEBUG              // Print debug information to serial during operation. Disable for production use.
  //#define EXPERIMENTAL_SCURVE   // Allow S-Curve Acceleration to be used with LA.
  //#define ALLOW_LOW_EJERK       // Allow a DEFAULT_EJERK value of &gt;= 1024
  // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
  // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
  //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
#endif

#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
  // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
  // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
  //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED

// Enable this option to collect and display the number
  // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
  //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
#endif

// Monitor RX buffer usage
// Dump an error to the serial port if the serial receive buffer overflows.
// If you see these errors, increase the RX_BUFFER_SIZE value.
// Not supported on all platforms.
//#define RX_BUFFER_MONITOR

/**
 * Emergency Command Parser
 *
 * Add a low-level parser to intercept certain commands as they
 * enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
 * Currently handles M108, M112, M410, M876
 * NOTE: Not yet implemented for all platforms.
 */
//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER

/**
 * Realtime Reporting (requires EMERGENCY_PARSER)
 *
 * - Report position and state of the machine (like Grbl).
 * - Auto-report position during long moves.
 * - Useful for CNC/LASER.
 *
 * Adds support for commands:
 *  S000 : Report State and Position while moving.
 *  P000 : Instant Pause / Hold while moving.
 *  R000 : Resume from Pause / Hold.
 *
 * - During Hold all Emergency Parser commands are available, as usual.
 * - Enable NANODLP_Z_SYNC and NANODLP_ALL_AXIS for move command end-state reports.
 */
//#define REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS
#if ENABLED(REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS)
  //#define FULL_REPORT_TO_HOST_FEATURE   // Auto-report the machine status like Grbl CNC
#endif

// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
// This &quot;wait&quot; is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds

// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
//#define ADVANCED_OK

// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION

// For serial echo, the number of digits after the decimal point
//#define SERIAL_FLOAT_PRECISION 4

/**
 * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
 * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
 *
 * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
 * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
 */
#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0

// @section extras

/**
 * Extra Fan Speed
 * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
 *   'M106 P&lt;fan&gt; T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for &lt;fan&gt;
 *   'M106 P&lt;fan&gt; T2'     : Use the set secondary speed
 *   'M106 P&lt;fan&gt; T1'     : Restore the previous fan speed
 */
//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED

/**
 * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
 *
 * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
 * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
 *
 * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
 * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
 * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
 *
 * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
 *
 * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
 */
//#define FWRETRACT
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
  #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT             // Override slicer retractions
  #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
    #define MIN_AUTORETRACT             0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
    #define MAX_AUTORETRACT            10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
  #endif
  #define RETRACT_LENGTH                3   // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
  #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP          13   // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
  #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE             45   // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
  #define RETRACT_ZRAISE                0   // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH        0   // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP   0   // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE      8   // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8   // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
  #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
    //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING           // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
  #endif
#endif

/**
 * Universal tool change settings.
 * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
 */
#if HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER
  // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
  #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE                 2 // (mm)
  //#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE_BEFORE_RETRACT  // Apply raise before swap retraction (if enabled)
  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN              // Never return to previous position on tool-change
  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN)
    //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE &quot;G12X&quot;   // Extra G-code to run after tool-change
  #endif

/**
   * Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change commands. Can be used to use an additional
   * stepper motor (e.g., I axis in Configuration.h) to drive the tool-changer.
   */
  //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_T0 &quot;G28 A\nG1 A0&quot; // Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change command T0
  //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_T1 &quot;G1 A10&quot;       // Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change command T1
  //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_ALWAYS_RUN        // Always execute above G-code sequences. Use with caution!

/**
   * Tool Sensors detect when tools have been picked up or dropped.
   * Requires the pins TOOL_SENSOR1_PIN, TOOL_SENSOR2_PIN, etc.
   */
  //#define TOOL_SENSOR

/**
   * Retract and prime filament on tool-change to reduce
   * ooze and stringing and to get cleaner transitions.
   */
  //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
    // Load / Unload
    #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_LENGTH              12  // (mm) Load / Unload length
    #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_RESUME_LENGTH  0  // (mm) Extra length for better restart. Adjust with LCD or M217 B.
    #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_RETRACT_SPEED   (50*60) // (mm/min) (Unloading)
    #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_UNRETRACT_SPEED (25*60) // (mm/min) (On SINGLENOZZLE or Bowden loading must be slowed down)

// Longer prime to clean out a SINGLENOZZLE
    #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_PRIME          0  // (mm) Extra priming length
    #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED    (4.6*60) // (mm/min) Extra priming feedrate
    #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_WIPE_RETRACT         0  // (mm) Cutting retraction out of park, for less stringing, better wipe, etc. Adjust with LCD or M217 G.

// Cool after prime to reduce stringing
    #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN                 -1  // Fan index or -1 to skip
    #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_SPEED          255  // 0-255
    #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_TIME            10  // (seconds)

// Use TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED feedrate the first time each extruder is primed
    //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_SLOW_FIRST_PRIME

/**
     * Prime T0 the first time T0 is sent to the printer:
     *  [ Power-On -&gt; T0 { Activate &amp; Prime T0 } -&gt; T1 { Retract T0, Activate &amp; Prime T1 } ]
     * If disabled, no priming on T0 until switching back to T0 from another extruder:
     *  [ Power-On -&gt; T0 { T0 Activated } -&gt; T1 { Activate &amp; Prime T1 } -&gt; T0 { Retract T1, Activate &amp; Prime T0 } ]
     * Enable with M217 V1 before printing to avoid unwanted priming on host connect.
     */
    //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_FIRST_USED

/**
     * Tool Change Migration
     * This feature provides G-code and LCD options to switch tools mid-print.
     * All applicable tool properties are migrated so the print can continue.
     * Tools must be closely matching and other restrictions may apply.
     * Useful to:
     *   - Change filament color without interruption
     *   - Switch spools automatically on filament runout
     *   - Switch to a different nozzle on an extruder jam
     */
    #define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE

#endif

/**
   * Position to park head during tool change.
   * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
   */
  //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY    { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000  // (mm/min)
    //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_X_ONLY          // X axis only move
    //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_Y_ONLY          // Y axis only move
  #endif
#endif // HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER

// @section advanced pause

/**
 * Advanced Pause for Filament Change
 *  - Adds the G-code M600 Filament Change to initiate a filament change.
 *  - This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
 *
 * Requirements:
 *  - For Filament Change parking enable and configure NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
 *  - For user interaction enable an LCD display, HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT, or EMERGENCY_PARSER.
 *
 * Enable PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE to add the G-code M125 Pause and Park.
 */
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE         60  // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH            2  // (mm) Initial retract.
                                                  // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE     10  // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL        25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH      100  // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual unloading.
  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
                                                  // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL     25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE       // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE        3  // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH         50  // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
                                                  //   Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
                                                  //   until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME          0  // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE             // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.

// Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT       13  // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY       5000  // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH         8  // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE      25  // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload

#define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT           45  // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS         10  // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
  #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT           // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
  //#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_ON_INSERT      // Automatically continue / load filament when runout sensor is triggered again.
  //#define PAUSE_REHEAT_FAST_RESUME              // Reduce number of waits by not prompting again post-timeout before continuing.

//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE                    // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
  //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE           // If needed, home before parking for filament change

//#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES           // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
  //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS         // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
#endif

// @section tmc_smart

/**
 * Trinamic Smart Drivers
 *
 * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode:
 *  - Connect your SPI pins to the Hardware SPI interface on the board.
 *    Some boards have simple jumper connections! See your board's documentation.
 *  - Define the required Stepper CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file.
 *    (See the RAMPS pins, for example.)
 *  - You can also use Software SPI with GPIO pins instead of Hardware SPI.
 *
 * To use TMC220x stepper drivers with Serial UART:
 *  - Connect PDN_UART to the #_SERIAL_TX_PIN through a 1K resistor.
 *    For reading capabilities also connect PDN_UART to #_SERIAL_RX_PIN with no resistor.
 *    Some boards have simple jumper connections! See your board's documentation.
 *  - These drivers can also be used with Hardware Serial.
 *
 * The TMC26XStepper library is required for TMC26X stepper drivers.
 *   https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/TMC26XStepper
 *
 * The TMCStepper library is required for other TMC stepper drivers.
 *   https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
 *
 * @section tmc/config
 */
#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG || HAS_TMC26X

#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER    0.5  // Scales down the holding current from run current

/**
   * Interpolate microsteps to 256
   * Override for each driver with &lt;driver&gt;_INTERPOLATE settings below
   */
  #define INTERPOLATE      true

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(X)
    #define X_CURRENT       580        // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
    #define X_CURRENT_HOME  X_CURRENT  // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing
    #define X_MICROSTEPS     16        // 0..256
    #define X_RSENSE          0.11     // Multiplied x1000 for TMC26X
    #define X_CHAIN_POS      -1        // -1..0: Not chained. 1: MCU MOSI connected. 2: Next in chain, ...
    //#define X_INTERPOLATE  true      // Enable to override 'INTERPOLATE' for the X axis
    //#define X_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5    // Enable to override 'HOLD_MULTIPLIER' for the X axis
  #endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(X2)
    #define X2_CURRENT      800
    #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT
    #define X2_MICROSTEPS    X_MICROSTEPS
    #define X2_RSENSE         0.11
    #define X2_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define X2_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define X2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Y)
    #define Y_CURRENT       580
    #define Y_CURRENT_HOME  Y_CURRENT
    #define Y_MICROSTEPS     16
    #define Y_RSENSE          0.11
    #define Y_CHAIN_POS      -1
    //#define Y_INTERPOLATE  true
    //#define Y_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Y2)
    #define Y2_CURRENT      800
    #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT
    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS    Y_MICROSTEPS
    #define Y2_RSENSE         0.11
    #define Y2_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define Y2_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define Y2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z)
    #define Z_CURRENT       580
    #define Z_CURRENT_HOME  Z_CURRENT
    #define Z_MICROSTEPS     16
    #define Z_RSENSE          0.11
    #define Z_CHAIN_POS      -1
    //#define Z_INTERPOLATE  true
    //#define Z_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z2)
    #define Z2_CURRENT      800
    #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT
    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS    Z_MICROSTEPS
    #define Z2_RSENSE         0.11
    #define Z2_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define Z2_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define Z2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z3)
    #define Z3_CURRENT      800
    #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT
    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS    Z_MICROSTEPS
    #define Z3_RSENSE         0.11
    #define Z3_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define Z3_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define Z3_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z4)
    #define Z4_CURRENT      800
    #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z4_CURRENT
    #define Z4_MICROSTEPS    Z_MICROSTEPS
    #define Z4_RSENSE         0.11
    #define Z4_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define Z4_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define Z4_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(I)
    #define I_CURRENT      800
    #define I_CURRENT_HOME I_CURRENT
    #define I_MICROSTEPS    16
    #define I_RSENSE         0.11
    #define I_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define I_INTERPOLATE  true
    //#define I_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(J)
    #define J_CURRENT      800
    #define J_CURRENT_HOME J_CURRENT
    #define J_MICROSTEPS    16
    #define J_RSENSE         0.11
    #define J_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define J_INTERPOLATE  true
    //#define J_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(K)
    #define K_CURRENT      800
    #define K_CURRENT_HOME K_CURRENT
    #define K_MICROSTEPS    16
    #define K_RSENSE         0.11
    #define K_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define K_INTERPOLATE  true
    //#define K_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(U)
    #define U_CURRENT      800
    #define U_CURRENT_HOME U_CURRENT
    #define U_MICROSTEPS     8
    #define U_RSENSE         0.11
    #define U_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define U_INTERPOLATE  true
    //#define U_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(V)
    #define V_CURRENT      800
    #define V_CURRENT_HOME V_CURRENT
    #define V_MICROSTEPS     8
    #define V_RSENSE         0.11
    #define V_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define V_INTERPOLATE  true
    //#define V_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(W)
    #define W_CURRENT      800
    #define W_CURRENT_HOME W_CURRENT
    #define W_MICROSTEPS     8
    #define W_RSENSE         0.11
    #define W_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define W_INTERPOLATE  true
    //#define W_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E0)
    #define E0_CURRENT      650
    #define E0_MICROSTEPS    16
    #define E0_RSENSE         0.11
    #define E0_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define E0_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define E0_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E1)
    #define E1_CURRENT      800
    #define E1_MICROSTEPS   E0_MICROSTEPS
    #define E1_RSENSE         0.11
    #define E1_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define E1_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define E1_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E2)
    #define E2_CURRENT      800
    #define E2_MICROSTEPS   E0_MICROSTEPS
    #define E2_RSENSE         0.11
    #define E2_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define E2_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define E2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E3)
    #define E3_CURRENT      800
    #define E3_MICROSTEPS   E0_MICROSTEPS
    #define E3_RSENSE         0.11
    #define E3_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define E3_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define E3_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E4)
    #define E4_CURRENT      800
    #define E4_MICROSTEPS   E0_MICROSTEPS
    #define E4_RSENSE         0.11
    #define E4_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define E4_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define E4_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E5)
    #define E5_CURRENT      800
    #define E5_MICROSTEPS   E0_MICROSTEPS
    #define E5_RSENSE         0.11
    #define E5_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define E5_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define E5_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E6)
    #define E6_CURRENT      800
    #define E6_MICROSTEPS   E0_MICROSTEPS
    #define E6_RSENSE         0.11
    #define E6_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define E6_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define E6_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E7)
    #define E7_CURRENT      800
    #define E7_MICROSTEPS   E0_MICROSTEPS
    #define E7_RSENSE         0.11
    #define E7_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define E7_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define E7_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

// @section tmc/spi

/**
   * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
   * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
   */
  //#define X_CS_PIN          -1
  //#define Y_CS_PIN          -1
  //#define Z_CS_PIN          -1
  //#define X2_CS_PIN         -1
  //#define Y2_CS_PIN         -1
  //#define Z2_CS_PIN         -1
  //#define Z3_CS_PIN         -1
  //#define Z4_CS_PIN         -1
  //#define I_CS_PIN          -1
  //#define J_CS_PIN          -1
  //#define K_CS_PIN          -1
  //#define U_CS_PIN          -1
  //#define V_CS_PIN          -1
  //#define W_CS_PIN          -1
  //#define E0_CS_PIN         -1
  //#define E1_CS_PIN         -1
  //#define E2_CS_PIN         -1
  //#define E3_CS_PIN         -1
  //#define E4_CS_PIN         -1
  //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
  //#define E6_CS_PIN         -1
  //#define E7_CS_PIN         -1

/**
   * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
   * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
   * but you can override or define them here.
   */
  //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
  //#define TMC_SW_MOSI       -1
  //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
  //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1

// @section tmc/serial

/**
   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
   * Address | MS1  | MS2
   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
   *
   * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
   * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
   */
  //#define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define  I_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define  J_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define  K_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define  U_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define  V_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define  W_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

// @section tmc/smart

/**
   * Software enable
   *
   * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
   * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
   */
  //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE

// @section tmc/stealthchop

/**
   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
   * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
   * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
   */
  #if HAS_STEALTHCHOP
    #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
    #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
    #define STEALTHCHOP_I
    #define STEALTHCHOP_J
    #define STEALTHCHOP_K
    #define STEALTHCHOP_U
    #define STEALTHCHOP_V
    #define STEALTHCHOP_W
    #define STEALTHCHOP_E
  #endif

/**
   * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
   * or with the help of an example included in the library.
   * Provided parameter sets are
   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
   * CHOPPER_09STEP_24V   // 0.9 degree steppers (24V)
   * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Průša firmware for MK3 (24V)
   * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119   // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
   *
   * Define your own with:
   * { &lt;off_time[1..15]&gt;, &lt;hysteresis_end[-3..12]&gt;, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
   */
  #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V        // All axes (override below)
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X  CHOPPER_TIMING        // For X Axes (override below)
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_TIMING_X
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y  CHOPPER_TIMING        // For Y Axes (override below)
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Y
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z  CHOPPER_TIMING        // For Z Axes (override below)
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z3 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z4 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_I  CHOPPER_TIMING        // For I Axis
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_J  CHOPPER_TIMING        // For J Axis
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_K  CHOPPER_TIMING        // For K Axis
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_U  CHOPPER_TIMING        // For U Axis
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_V  CHOPPER_TIMING        // For V Axis
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_W  CHOPPER_TIMING        // For W Axis
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E  CHOPPER_TIMING        // For Extruders (override below)
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E1 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E2 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E3 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E4 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E5 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E6 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E7 CHOPPER_TIMING_E

// @section tmc/status

/**
   * Monitor Trinamic drivers
   * for error conditions like overtemperature and short to ground.
   * To manage over-temp Marlin can decrease the driver current until the error condition clears.
   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
   * Relevant G-codes:
   * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
   * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
   * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
   * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
   */
  //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS

#if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
    #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN     50  // [mA]
    #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
    #define STOP_ON_ERROR
  #endif

// @section tmc/hybrid

/**
   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
   * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
   * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
   * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
   * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
   */
  //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD

#define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100  // [mm/s]
  #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
  #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100
  #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
  #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3
  #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
  #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
  #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
  #define I_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3  // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s]
  #define J_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3  // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s]
  #define K_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3  // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s]
  #define U_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3  // [mm/s]
  #define V_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3
  #define W_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3
  #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
  #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
  #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
  #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
  #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
  #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
  #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
  #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30

/**
   * Use StallGuard to home / probe X, Y, Z.
   *
   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
   * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
   * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
   *
   * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
   * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
   *
   *  Sensitivity   TMC2209   Others
   *    HIGHEST       255      -64    (Too sensitive =&gt; False positive)
   *    LOWEST         0        63    (Too insensitive =&gt; No trigger)
   *
   * It is recommended to set HOMING_BUMP_MM to { 0, 0, 0 }.
   *
   * SPI_ENDSTOPS  *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130/TMC5160 Only ***
   * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
   * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
   *
   * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
   * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
   *
   * Comment *_STALL_SENSITIVITY to disable sensorless homing for that axis.
   * @section tmc/stallguard
   */
  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only

#if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
    #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
    #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
    #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
    #define Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY
    //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
    //#define Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
    //#define Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
    //#define Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
    //#define I_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
    //#define J_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
    //#define K_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
    //#define U_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
    //#define V_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
    //#define W_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
    //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS              // TMC2130 only
    //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
  #endif

// @section tmc/config

/**
   * TMC Homing stepper phase.
   *
   * Improve homing repeatability by homing to stepper coil's nearest absolute
   * phase position. Trinamic drivers use a stepper phase table with 1024 values
   * spanning 4 full steps with 256 positions each (ergo, 1024 positions).
   * Full step positions (128, 384, 640, 896) have the highest holding torque.
   *
   * Values from 0..1023, -1 to disable homing phase for that axis.
   */
   //#define TMC_HOME_PHASE { 896, 896, 896 }

/**
   * Beta feature!
   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
   */
  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING

/**
   * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
   * M122 S0/1 will enable continuous reporting.
   */
  //#define TMC_DEBUG

/**
   * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
   * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
   * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
   *
   * Example:
   * #define TMC_ADV() { \
   *   stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
   *   stepperY.intpol(0); \
   * }
   */
  #define TMC_ADV() {  }

#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG || HAS_TMC26X

// @section i2cbus

//
// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control
// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library.
//
//#define I2C_MASTER_ID  1  // Set a value from 0 to 2

/**
 * TWI/I2C BUS
 *
 * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
 * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
 * devices on the bus.
 *
 * ; Example #1
 * ; This macro send the string &quot;Marlin&quot; to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
 * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B&amp;lt;base 10&amp;gt; arg
 * M260 A99  ; Target slave address
 * M260 B77  ; M
 * M260 B97  ; a
 * M260 B114 ; r
 * M260 B108 ; l
 * M260 B105 ; i
 * M260 B110 ; n
 * M260 S1   ; Send the current buffer
 *
 * ; Example #2
 * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
 * M261 A99 B5
 *
 * ; Example #3
 * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
 * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
 */

//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS)
  #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS  0  // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
#endif

// @section photo

/**
 * Photo G-code
 * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
 * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
 */
//#define PHOTO_GCODE
#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
  // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
  //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 }  // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
  //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS   100                            // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
  //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM   6.5                          // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)

// Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
  // Data from: https://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
  //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23

// Canon Hack Development Kit
  // https://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
  //#define CHDK_PIN        4

// Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS }  // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)

// Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS   50 // (ms) (M240 D)

/**
   * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model.
   * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz.
   * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough.
   * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.)
   *
   *  Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq
   *                     IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7
   */
  //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 }  // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation
  #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US
    #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation
  #endif
#endif

// @section cnc

/**
 * Spindle &amp; Laser control
 *
 * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
 * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
 *
 * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
 * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
 * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
 *
 * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
 * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
 *
 * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/2.0.9/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
 */
//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
//#define LASER_FEATURE
#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_STATE    LOW    // Set to &quot;HIGH&quot; if SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN is active HIGH

#define SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM                // Enable if your controller supports setting the speed/power
  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM)
    #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT    false  // Set to &quot;true&quot; if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
    #define SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY     2500   // (Hz) Spindle/laser frequency (only on supported HALs: AVR, ESP32, and LPC)
                                               // ESP32: If SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is onboard then &lt;=78125Hz. For I2S expander
                                               //  the frequency determines the PWM resolution. 2500Hz = 0-100, 977Hz = 0-255, ...
                                               //  (250000 / SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY) = max value.
  #endif

//#define AIR_EVACUATION                     // Cutter Vacuum / Laser Blower motor control with G-codes M10-M11
  #if ENABLED(AIR_EVACUATION)
    #define AIR_EVACUATION_ACTIVE       LOW    // Set to &quot;HIGH&quot; if the on/off function is active HIGH
    //#define AIR_EVACUATION_PIN        42     // Override the default Cutter Vacuum or Laser Blower pin
  #endif

//#define AIR_ASSIST                         // Air Assist control with G-codes M8-M9
  #if ENABLED(AIR_ASSIST)
    #define AIR_ASSIST_ACTIVE           LOW    // Active state on air assist pin
    //#define AIR_ASSIST_PIN            44     // Override the default Air Assist pin
  #endif

//#define SPINDLE_SERVO                      // A servo converting an angle to spindle power
  #ifdef SPINDLE_SERVO
    #define SPINDLE_SERVO_NR   0               // Index of servo used for spindle control
    #define SPINDLE_SERVO_MIN 10               // Minimum angle for servo spindle
  #endif

/**
   * Speed / Power can be set ('M3 S') and displayed in terms of:
   *  - PWM255  (S0 - S255)
   *  - PERCENT (S0 - S100)
   *  - RPM     (S0 - S50000)  Best for use with a spindle
   *  - SERVO   (S0 - S180)
   */
  #define CUTTER_POWER_UNIT PWM255

/**
   * Relative Cutter Power
   * Normally, 'M3 O&lt;power&gt;' sets
   * OCR power is relative to the range SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX.
   * so input powers of 0...255 correspond to SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX
   * instead of normal range (0 to SPEED_POWER_MAX).
   * Best used with (e.g.) SuperPID router controller: S0 = 5,000 RPM and S255 = 30,000 RPM
   */
  //#define CUTTER_POWER_RELATIVE              // Set speed proportional to [SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX]

#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to &quot;true&quot; if the spin direction is reversed

#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
    #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop

/**
     * M3/M4 Power Equation
     *
     * Each tool uses different value ranges for speed / power control.
     * These parameters are used to convert between tool power units and PWM.
     *
     * Speed/Power = (PWMDC / 255 * 100 - SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE
     * PWMDC = (spdpwr - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / (SPEED_POWER_MAX - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE
     */
    #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM)
      #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT       0    // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage
      #define SPEED_POWER_MIN          5000    // (RPM)
      #define SPEED_POWER_MAX         30000    // (RPM) SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
      #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP     25000    // (RPM) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments)
    #endif

#else

#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM)
      #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT       0    // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage
      #define SPEED_POWER_MIN             0    // (%) 0-100
      #define SPEED_POWER_MAX           100    // (%) 0-100
      #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP        80    // (%) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments)
    #endif

// Define the minimum and maximum test pulse time values for a laser test fire function
    #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MIN           1   // (ms) Used with Laser Control Menu
    #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MAX         999   // (ms) Caution: Menu may not show more than 3 characters

#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   50   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
    #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 50   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop

/**
    * Laser Safety Timeout
    *
    * The laser should be turned off when there is no movement for a period of time.
    * Consider material flammability, cut rate, and G-code order when setting this
    * value. Too low and it could turn off during a very slow move; too high and
    * the material could ignite.
    */
    #define LASER_SAFETY_TIMEOUT_MS     1000   // (ms)

/**
     * Any M3 or G1/2/3/5 command with the 'I' parameter enables continuous inline power mode.
     *
     * e.g., 'M3 I' enables continuous inline power which is processed by the planner.
     * Power is stored in move blocks and applied when blocks are processed by the Stepper ISR.
     *
     * 'M4 I' sets dynamic mode which uses the current feedrate to calculate a laser power OCR value.
     *
     * Any move in dynamic mode will use the current feedrate to calculate the laser power.
     * Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
     * Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
     * The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
     * More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
     *
     * M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
     */

/**
     * Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
     * This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
     * CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
     * for a planner syncronization
     */
    //#define LASER_POWER_SYNC

/**
     * Scale the laser's power in proportion to the movement rate.
     *
     * - Sets the entry power proportional to the entry speed over the nominal speed.
     * - Ramps the power up every N steps to approximate the speed trapezoid.
     * - Due to the limited power resolution this is only approximate.
     */
    //#define LASER_POWER_TRAP

//
    // Laser I2C Ammeter (High precision INA226 low/high side module)
    //
    //#define I2C_AMMETER
    #if ENABLED(I2C_AMMETER)
      #define I2C_AMMETER_IMAX            0.1    // (Amps) Calibration value for the expected current range
      #define I2C_AMMETER_SHUNT_RESISTOR  0.1    // (Ohms) Calibration shunt resistor value
    #endif

//
    // Laser Coolant Flow Meter
    //
    //#define LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER
    #if ENABLED(LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER)
      #define FLOWMETER_PIN         20  // Requires an external interrupt-enabled pin (e.g., RAMPS 2,3,18,19,20,21)
      #define FLOWMETER_PPL       5880  // (pulses/liter) Flow meter pulses-per-liter on the input pin
      #define FLOWMETER_INTERVAL  1000  // (ms) Flow rate calculation interval in milliseconds
      #define FLOWMETER_SAFETY          // Prevent running the laser without the minimum flow rate set below
      #if ENABLED(FLOWMETER_SAFETY)
        #define FLOWMETER_MIN_LITERS_PER_MINUTE 1.5 // (liters/min) Minimum flow required when enabled
      #endif
    #endif

#endif
#endif // SPINDLE_FEATURE || LASER_FEATURE

/**
 * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107
 *
 * Marlin normally applies M106/M107 fan speeds at a time &quot;soon after&quot; processing
 * a planner block. This is too inaccurate for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan
 * header (as with some add-on laser kits). Enable this option to set fan/laser
 * speeds with much more exact timing for improved print fidelity.
 *
 * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options.
 */
//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107

/**
 * Coolant Control
 *
 * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
 *
 * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
 */
//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set &quot;true&quot; if the on/off function is reversed
  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set &quot;true&quot; if the on/off function is reversed
#endif

// @section filament width

/**
 * Filament Width Sensor
 *
 * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
 * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
 *
 * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
 * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
 * volume.
 *
 * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
 *
 *  34 RAMPS_14    : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
 *  81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
 * 301 RAMBO       : Analog input 3
 *
 * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
 */
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR

#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
  #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0    // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
  #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM        14    // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber

#define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN        1.0  // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
  #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY       20    // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.

#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially

// Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
  //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
#endif

// @section power

/**
 * Power Monitor
 * Monitor voltage (V) and/or current (A), and -when possible- power (W)
 *
 * Read and configure with M430
 *
 * The current sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured current) to an analog pin
 * The voltage sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured voltage) to an analog pin
 */
//#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT   // Monitor the system current
//#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE   // Monitor the system voltage

#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT)
  #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_AMP    0.05000  // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per amp  - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF!
  #define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT_OFFSET   0        // Offset (in amps) applied to the calculated current
  #define POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE   13.6      // Voltage for a current sensor with no voltage sensor (for power display)
#endif

#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE)
  #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_VOLT  0.077933  // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per volt - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF!
  #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE_OFFSET  0         // Offset (in volts) applied to the calculated voltage
#endif

// @section safety

/**
 * Stepper Driver Anti-SNAFU Protection
 *
 * If the SAFE_POWER_PIN is defined for your board, Marlin will check
 * that stepper drivers are properly plugged in before applying power.
 * Disable protection if your stepper drivers don't support the feature.
 */
//#define DISABLE_DRIVER_SAFE_POWER_PROTECT

// @section cnc

/**
 * CNC Coordinate Systems
 *
 * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
 * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
 */
//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS

// @section reporting

/**
 * Auto-report fan speed with M123 S&lt;seconds&gt;
 * Requires fans with tachometer pins
 */
//#define AUTO_REPORT_FANS

/**
 * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S&lt;seconds&gt;
 */
#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
#if ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES) &amp;&amp; TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT
  //#define AUTO_REPORT_REDUNDANT // Include the &quot;R&quot; sensor in the auto-report
#endif

/**
 * Auto-report position with M154 S&lt;seconds&gt;
 */
//#define AUTO_REPORT_POSITION

/**
 * Include capabilities in M115 output
 */
#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
#if ENABLED(EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT)
  //#define M115_GEOMETRY_REPORT
#endif

// @section security

/**
 * Expected Printer Check
 * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
 * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
 */
//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK

// @section volumetrics

/**
 * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
 */
//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS

#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
  /**
   * Volumetric extrusion default state
   * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
   * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
   *
   * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter (and enable volumetric).
   * M200 S0/S1 to disable/enable volumetric extrusion.
   */
  //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON

//#define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT
  #if ENABLED(VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT)
    /**
     * Default volumetric extrusion limit in cubic mm per second (mm^3/sec).
     * This factory setting applies to all extruders.
     * Use 'M200 [T&lt;extruder&gt;] L&lt;limit&gt;' to override and 'M502' to reset.
     * A non-zero value activates Volume-based Extrusion Limiting.
     */
    #define DEFAULT_VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT 0.00      // (mm^3/sec)
  #endif
#endif

// @section reporting

// Extra options for the M114 &quot;Current Position&quot; report
//#define M114_DETAIL         // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations
//#define M114_REALTIME       // Real current position based on forward kinematics
//#define M114_LEGACY         // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed.

//#define REPORT_FAN_CHANGE   // Report the new fan speed when changed by M106 (and others)

// @section gcode

/**
 * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the G-code parser
 */
#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER

#if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER)
  //#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS  // Support for quoted string parameters
#endif

// Support for MeatPack G-code compression (https://github.com/scottmudge/OctoPrint-MeatPack)
//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_1
//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_2

//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE  // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase

//#define REPETIER_GCODE_M360     // Add commands originally from Repetier FW

/**
 * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
 * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
 *
 *  - M206 and M428 are disabled.
 *  - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
 */
//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS

/**
 * CNC G-code options
 * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
 * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
 * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
 */
//#define PAREN_COMMENTS      // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES  // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.

// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/min)
#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
  //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
#endif

// @section gcode

/**
 * Startup commands
 *
 * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
 */
//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS &quot;M17 Z&quot;

/**
 * G-code Macros
 *
 * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
 * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
 */
//#define GCODE_MACROS
#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS       5  // Up to 10 may be used
  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE  50  // Maximum length of a single macro
#endif

/**
 * User-defined menu items to run custom G-code.
 * Up to 25 may be defined, but the actual number is LCD-dependent.
 */

// @section custom main menu

// Custom Menu: Main Menu
//#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN
#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN)
  //#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_TITLE &quot;Custom Commands&quot;
  #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_DONE &quot;M117 User Script Done&quot;
  #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
  //#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_RETURN   // Return to status screen after a script
  #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_ONLY_IDLE         // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle

#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC &quot;Home &amp; UBL Info&quot;
  #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE &quot;G28\nG29 W&quot;
  //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM          // Show a confirmation dialog before this action

#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC &quot;Preheat for &quot; PREHEAT_1_LABEL
  #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE &quot;M140 S&quot; STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) &quot;\nM104 S&quot; STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
  //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM

//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC &quot;Preheat for &quot; PREHEAT_2_LABEL
  //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE &quot;M140 S&quot; STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) &quot;\nM104 S&quot; STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
  //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM

//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC &quot;Heat Bed/Home/Level&quot;
  //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE &quot;M140 S&quot; STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) &quot;\nG28\nG29&quot;
  //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM

//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC &quot;Home &amp; Info&quot;
  //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE &quot;G28\nM503&quot;
  //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM
#endif

// @section custom config menu

// Custom Menu: Configuration Menu
//#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG
#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG)
  //#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_TITLE &quot;Custom Commands&quot;
  #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_DONE &quot;M117 Wireless Script Done&quot;
  #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
  //#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_RETURN  // Return to status screen after a script
  #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_ONLY_IDLE        // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle

#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC &quot;Wifi ON&quot;
  #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE &quot;M118 [ESP110] WIFI-STA pwd=12345678&quot;
  //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM        // Show a confirmation dialog before this action

#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC &quot;Bluetooth ON&quot;
  #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE &quot;M118 [ESP110] BT pwd=12345678&quot;
  //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM

//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC &quot;Radio OFF&quot;
  //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE &quot;M118 [ESP110] OFF pwd=12345678&quot;
  //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM

//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC &quot;Wifi ????&quot;
  //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE &quot;M118 ????&quot;
  //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM

//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC &quot;Wifi ????&quot;
  //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE &quot;M118 ????&quot;
  //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM
#endif

// @section custom buttons

/**
 * User-defined buttons to run custom G-code.
 * Up to 25 may be defined.
 */
//#define CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS
#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS)
  //#define BUTTON1_PIN -1
  #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON1)
    #define BUTTON1_HIT_STATE     LOW       // State of the triggered button. NC=LOW. NO=HIGH.
    #define BUTTON1_WHEN_PRINTING false     // Button allowed to trigger during printing?
    #define BUTTON1_GCODE         &quot;G28&quot;
    #define BUTTON1_DESC          &quot;Homing&quot;  // Optional string to set the LCD status
  #endif

//#define BUTTON2_PIN -1
  #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON2)
    #define BUTTON2_HIT_STATE     LOW
    #define BUTTON2_WHEN_PRINTING false
    #define BUTTON2_GCODE         &quot;M140 S&quot; STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) &quot;\nM104 S&quot; STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
    #define BUTTON2_DESC          &quot;Preheat for &quot; PREHEAT_1_LABEL
  #endif

//#define BUTTON3_PIN -1
  #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON3)
    #define BUTTON3_HIT_STATE     LOW
    #define BUTTON3_WHEN_PRINTING false
    #define BUTTON3_GCODE         &quot;M140 S&quot; STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) &quot;\nM104 S&quot; STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
    #define BUTTON3_DESC          &quot;Preheat for &quot; PREHEAT_2_LABEL
  #endif
#endif

// @section host

/**
 * Host Action Commands
 *
 * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
 *
 * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
 * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
 * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
 *
 * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
 *
 * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
 * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
 */
//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
  //#define HOST_PAUSE_M76                // Tell the host to pause in response to M76
  //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT           // Initiate host prompts to get user feedback
  #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT)
    //#define HOST_STATUS_NOTIFICATIONS   // Send some status messages to the host as notifications
  #endif
  //#define HOST_START_MENU_ITEM          // Add a menu item that tells the host to start
  //#define HOST_SHUTDOWN_MENU_ITEM       // Add a menu item that tells the host to shut down
#endif

// @section extras

/**
 * Cancel Objects
 *
 * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
 */
//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
#if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS)
  #define CANCEL_OBJECTS_REPORTING // Emit the current object as a status message
#endif

/**
 * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
 * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
 *
 * Wiki: https://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
 * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
 *
 * Supplier: https://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
 * Alternative Supplier: https://reliabuild3d.com/
 *
 * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
 * @section i2c encoders
 */

//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)

#define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT         1                       // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
                                                            // encoders supported currently.

#define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X     // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS          X_AXIS                  // Axis the encoder module is installed on.  &lt;X|Y|Z|E&gt;_AXIS.
  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR   // Type of encoder:  I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
                                                            // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT    2048                    // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
                                                            // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
                                                            // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV     (16 * 200)            // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
                                                            // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT                              // Invert the direction of axis travel.
  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP     // Type of error error correction.
  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH     0.10                    // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
                                                            // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
                                                            // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
                                                            // measurement noise / latency (filter).

#define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y     // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS          Y_AXIS
  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT    2048
  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV   (16 * 200)
  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH     0.10

#define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z     // Encoder 3.  Add additional configuration options
  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS          Z_AXIS                  // as above, or use defaults below.

#define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E     // Encoder 4.
  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS          E_AXIS

#define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR          34                      // Encoder 5.
  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS          E_AXIS

// Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
  #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE            I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
  #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT  2048
  #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV       (16 * 200)
  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD       I2CPE_ECM_NONE
  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH       0.1

//#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT  100.0                   // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
                                                            // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
                                                            // disable abort behavior.

#define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED        10000                   // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
                                                            // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
                                                            // is trusted again.

/**
   * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
   * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
   * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
   */
  #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS     4                       // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.

// Use a rolling average to identify persistent errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
  #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE

#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS

/**
 * Analog Joystick(s)
 * @section joystick
 */
//#define JOYSTICK
#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
  #define JOY_X_PIN    5  // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5  on AUX2
  #define JOY_Y_PIN   10  // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
  #define JOY_Z_PIN   12  // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
  #define JOY_EN_PIN  44  // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2

//#define INVERT_JOY_X  // Enable if X direction is reversed
  //#define INVERT_JOY_Y  // Enable if Y direction is reversed
  //#define INVERT_JOY_Z  // Enable if Z direction is reversed

// Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting:
  #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
  #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
  #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
  //#define JOYSTICK_DEBUG
#endif

/**
 * Mechanical Gantry Calibration
 * Modern replacement for the Průša TMC_Z_CALIBRATION.
 * Adds capability to work with any adjustable current drivers.
 * Implemented as G34 because M915 is deprecated.
 * @section calibrate
 */
//#define MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION
#if ENABLED(MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION)
  #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_CURRENT          600     // Default calibration current in ma
  #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT      15     // Extra distance in mm past Z_###_POS to move
  #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE         500     // Feedrate for correction move
  //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_TO_MIN                 // Enable to calibrate Z in the MIN direction

//#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_SAFE_POSITION XY_CENTER // Safe position for nozzle
  //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_XY_PARK_FEEDRATE 3000  // XY Park Feedrate - MMM
  //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_PRE   &quot;&quot;
  #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_POST  &quot;G28&quot;     // G28 highly recommended to ensure an accurate position
#endif

/**
 * Instant freeze / unfreeze functionality
 * Potentially useful for emergency stop that allows being resumed.
 * @section interface
 */
//#define FREEZE_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(FREEZE_FEATURE)
  //#define FREEZE_PIN 41   // Override the default (KILL) pin here
  #define FREEZE_STATE LOW  // State of pin indicating freeze
#endif

/**
 * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
 *
 * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
 * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
 * @section debug matrix
 */
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
  #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN   64
  #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN   57
  #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN  44

//#define MAX7219_GCODE          // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
  #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST    2   // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral
  #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1   // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
  #define MAX7219_ROTATE       0   // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
                                   // connector at:  right=0   bottom=-90  top=90  left=180
  //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER  // The order of the LED matrix units may be reversed
  //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_EACH   // The LEDs in each matrix unit row may be reversed
  //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE   // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side

/**
   * Sample debug features
   * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
   */
  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE    // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD  2  // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL  4  // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row

#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0  // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
                                         // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
                                         // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE       6  // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
                                         // row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how &quot;idle&quot; the processor is.
                                         // See class CodeProfiler.
#endif

/**
 * NanoDLP Sync support
 *
 * Support for Synchronized Z moves when used with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will
 * output a &quot;Z_move_comp&quot; string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure.
 * This feature allows you to use [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of M400 commands.
 * @section nanodlp
 */
//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
  //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS  // Send a &quot;Z_move_comp&quot; report for any axis move (not just Z).
#endif

/**
 * Ethernet. Use M552 to enable and set the IP address.
 * @section network
 */
#if HAS_ETHERNET
  #define MAC_ADDRESS { 0xDE, 0xAD, 0xBE, 0xEF, 0xF0, 0x0D }  // A MAC address unique to your network
#endif

/**
 * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
 */
//#define WIFISUPPORT         // Marlin embedded WiFi management
//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT   // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib)

#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT)
  //#define WEBSUPPORT          // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery)
  //#define OTASUPPORT          // Support over-the-air firmware updates
  //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host

/**
   * To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with
   * the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via
   * .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public.
   *
   *   #define WIFI_SSID &quot;WiFi SSID&quot;
   *   #define WIFI_PWD  &quot;WiFi Password&quot;
   */
  //#include &quot;Configuration_Secure.h&quot; // External file with WiFi SSID / Password
#endif

// @section multi-material

/**
 * Průša Multi-Material Unit (MMU)
 * Enable in Configuration.h
 *
 * These devices allow a single stepper driver on the board to drive
 * multi-material feeders with any number of stepper motors.
 */
#if HAS_PRUSA_MMU1
  /**
   * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
   * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
   *
   * Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
   * Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
   */
  //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40  // Always Required
  //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42  // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
  //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44  // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
#elif HAS_PRUSA_MMU2
  // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
  #define MMU2_SERIAL_PORT 2

// Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
  //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23

// Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
  //#define MMU2_MODE_12V

// G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
  #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT &quot;M600&quot;

// Add an LCD menu for MMU2
  //#define MMU2_MENUS
  #if EITHER(MMU2_MENUS, HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S)
    // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
    // This is for Průša MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
    #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
    #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
      {  7.2, 1145 }, \
      { 14.4,  871 }, \
      { 36.0, 1393 }, \
      { 14.4,  871 }, \
      { 50.0,  198 }

#define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
      {   1.0, 1000 }, \
      {   1.0, 1500 }, \
      {   2.0, 2000 }, \
      {   1.5, 3000 }, \
      {   2.5, 4000 }, \
      { -15.0, 5000 }, \
      { -14.0, 1200 }, \
      {  -6.0,  600 }, \
      {  10.0,  700 }, \
      { -10.0,  400 }, \
      { -50.0, 2000 }
  #endif

/**
   * Using a sensor like the MMU2S
   * This mode requires a MK3S extruder with a sensor at the extruder idler, like the MMU2S.
   * See https://help.prusa3d.com/en/guide/3b-mk3s-mk2-5s-extruder-upgrade_41560, step 11
   */
  #if HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S
    #define MMU2_C0_RETRY   5             // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries)

#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE 800    // (mm/min)
    #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE \
      {  0.1, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \
      {  60.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \
      { -52.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }

#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_RETRACT   6.0   // (mm) Keep under the distance between Load Sequence values
    #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_DEVIATION 0.8   // (mm) Acceptable deviation

#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT 0.2   // (mm) To reuse within MMU2 module
    #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT_SEQUENCE \
      { -MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }

#else

/**
     * MMU1 Extruder Sensor
     *
     * Support for a Průša (or other) IR Sensor to detect filament near the extruder
     * and make loading more reliable. Suitable for an extruder equipped with a filament
     * sensor less than 38mm from the gears.
     *
     * During loading the extruder will stop when the sensor is triggered, then do a last
     * move up to the gears. If no filament is detected, the MMU2 can make some more attempts.
     * If all attempts fail, a filament runout will be triggered.
     */
    //#define MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR
    #if ENABLED(MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR)
      #define MMU_LOADING_ATTEMPTS_NR 5 // max. number of attempts to load filament if first load fail
    #endif

#endif

//#define MMU2_DEBUG  // Write debug info to serial output

#endif // HAS_PRUSA_MMU2

/**
 * Advanced Print Counter settings
 * @section stats
 */
#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
  #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES  3
  // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
  //#define SERVICE_NAME_1      &quot;Service S&quot;
  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1  100 // print hours
  //#define SERVICE_NAME_2      &quot;Service L&quot;
  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2  200 // print hours
  //#define SERVICE_NAME_3      &quot;Service 3&quot;
  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3    1 // print hours
#endif

// @section develop

//
// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage
//
//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER

//
// M42 - Set pin states
//
//#define DIRECT_PIN_CONTROL

//
// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops &amp; toggle LED, test servo probe
//
//#define PINS_DEBUGGING

// Enable Tests that will run at startup and produce a report
//#define MARLIN_TEST_BUILD

// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE

#if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE)
  /**
   * D576 - Buffer Monitoring
   * To help diagnose print quality issues stemming from empty command buffers.
   */
  //#define BUFFER_MONITORING
#endif

/**
 * Postmortem Debugging captures misbehavior and outputs the CPU status and backtrace to serial.
 * When running in the debugger it will break for debugging. This is useful to help understand
 * a crash from a remote location. Requires ~400 bytes of SRAM and 5Kb of flash.
 */
//#define POSTMORTEM_DEBUGGING

/**
 * Software Reset options
 */
//#define SOFT_RESET_VIA_SERIAL         // 'KILL' and '^X' commands will soft-reset the controller
//#define SOFT_RESET_ON_KILL            // Use a digital button to soft-reset the controller after KILL

// Report uncleaned reset reason from register r2 instead of MCUSR. Supported by Optiboot on AVR.
//#define OPTIBOOT_RESET_REASON

Private - Private paste aren't shown in recent listings.

Delete After - When should we delete your paste?

Spam protection -

Configuration_adv.h

Reply to "Configuration_adv.h"